Deutz-Fahr Agrolux F50 F60 F70 F80 Instruction Book Manual - PDF DOWNLOAD

INSTRUCTION BOOK

Head office Deutz-Fahr Strasse, 1 D-89415 Lauingen Tel. (09072) 997-0 www.deutz-fahr.de

PREFACE The manual describes options and equipment levels available throughout the various markets and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your tractor.

Follow the instructions carefully.

Same Service Centres are always at your disposal with advice and assistance to help you use and maintain your tractor correctly.

No liability can be accepted for any injury or damage resulting from operations that are perfomed in a manner other than that described in this publication, or from the improper use of the tractor, or from poor workmanship in the carrying out of maintenance operations or from failure to observe the instructions given.

This Manual must always be kept with the tractor. Keep it with care. If in the future you will sell your tractor, please forward this Manual to the new tractor owner II

Table of contents

• • • • •

Preface · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · II Table of contents · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · III Important· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XI Note · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XII To the owner of the new DEUTZ-FAHR tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XII

• SECTION 1 - Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XV • Introduction to Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVI • Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVI • A Word to the Operator· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVI • Danger, Warning, Caution· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVI • Follow a Safety Programme · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVIII • For Safe Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVIII • General safety rules · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVIII • Protective Structures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIV • Roll Over Protective Structures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIV • Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIV • Damage to the ROPS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXV • Cab · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXV • Prepare for Safe Operation· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVI • Protect Yourself· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVI • Risks from exposure to noise · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVI • Know Your Equipment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVII • Use all Available Protective and Safety Devices · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVII • Check the Equipment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVIII • Clean the Tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXX • Protect the Environment· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXX • Servicing the Tractor· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXI • Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXI • Warn Personnel before Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXI • Mount and Dismount Safely · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXII • Start Safely · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXII • Follow Recommended Starting Procedures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII • Test the Controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII • Starting Fluid · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII

III

•

• • • • • •

• Work Safely· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIV • Making the Right Moves · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIV • Follow Safe Operating Practices · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIV • Watch out for Others · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXV • Risk of Overturning · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVII • To Avoid Side Overturns · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVII • To Avoid Rear Overturns· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVIII General Operating Hazards · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIX • Implements and Attachments · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XL • Safety - Towing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLI • Road Transport · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLII • Rules of the Road · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLII • After Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLIV • Welding work on the tractor body · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLIV • Safety instructions for the installation of supplementary equipment and/or electronic components. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLV Safety and operational decals· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLVI International symbols (part. 1) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LV International symbols (part. 2) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVI International symbols (part. 3) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVII Metric conversion· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVIII Conversion tables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LIX

• SECTION 2 - Original spare parts · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 • Tractor serial number · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 • Engine serial number · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 • Tractor identification plate· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 • Original replacement parts · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3

• SECTION 3 - Operating controls and instruction · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5 • Checking the tractor prior to starting work · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5 • Checking the engine oil level· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 7 • Access to the driving position · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9 • Steering wheel adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 10 • Lights' switch· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11 • Adjusting the driver’s seat· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12 • BOSTROM KAB XH type seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12 • GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 13 • Adjusting the rearview mirrors · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16 • Instrument panel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 17

IV

• Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 19 • Electronic dial-type rev counter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 19 • Engine hour counter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 20 • Dial-type engine temperature gauge · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 20 • Dial-type fuel gauge · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 20 • Indicator lamps (see key on next page)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 21 • Key to lamp functions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 22 • Commands on the right of the instrument panel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 23 • Commands on the left of the instrument panel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 23 • Controls to the right of the driver's seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 24 • Rear P.T.O. clutch control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 25 • Controls to the left of the driver's seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 25 • Driver’s post · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 26 • Engine - first 100 work hours · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 27 • Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 29 • Engine shut down · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30 • Cold starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 31 • Emergency starting through auxiliary battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 32 • Control pedals· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 33 • Clutch control pedal· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 33 • Brake control pedals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 34 • Handbrake lever · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 35 • Accelerator pedal · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 35 • Gearbox · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 36 • Speed selection · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 38 • Rear and front differential lock · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 39 • Front-wheel drive · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 40 • “SEPARATE BRAKES” valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 41 • Power take-off· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 43 • Rear power take-off (540/1000 r.p.m.) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 44 • Power take-off “ECONOMICAL 750 r.p.m.” · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 46 • Synchro power take-off· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 47 • Mechanical lift “LOAD SENSING”· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 48 • Controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 50 • Positions of the power-lift levers under the different working conditions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 51 • Adjustment of the stabilisers · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 53 • Three-Point hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 54 • Lifting rod adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 55 • Adjustment of the telescopic stabilisers· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 56 • Three point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers with hydraulic adjustment (Optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 57 • Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 59 • Nomenclature · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 60 • Types of auxiliary hydraulic service control valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 63

V

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • •

• The controls· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 64 • Connection of an implement to the auxiliary hydraulic service couplers · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 70 • Converting a control valve from double-acting to single-acting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 73 • Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 74 • FLOW DIVIDER · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 75 • Operation of hydraulic devices that require a constant flow of oil (e.g. hydraulic motors)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 76 Class “A” drawbar (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 77 Towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 78 Class “C” towing hitch· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 79 Class “C” towing hitch with automatic height adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 80 Class “D" and ”D2" towing hitches · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 81 Cramer towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 82 Towing hitch with automatic height adjustment “GRASSI” · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 83 Category 2 rear drawbar· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 84 Front towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 84 Body · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 86 • Opening the engine hood · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 86 • Closing the engine hood · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 86 Safety frame · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 88 Hazard warning sign (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 89 Tool box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 89 Wheel chock (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 89

• SECTION 4 - Wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 91 • Track adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 91 • Tyre inflation pressures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 92 • Row crop tires · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 93 • Running direction of tires· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 94 • Adjusting steering stops · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 94 • Adjustable track wheels· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 95 • Permissible tyre combinations· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 96 • Track width adjustment for wheels with adjustable rims · · · · · · · · · · · · 97 • Front wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 97 • Rear wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 98 • Ballast · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 104 • Front ballast· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 104 • Rear ballast · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 105 • Ballasting by filling the tyres with water + antifreeze solution · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 106

VI

• Filling the tyre with water · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 107 • Draining water from the tyre · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 107 • Hydraulic trailer braking · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 108

• SECTION 5 - Maintenance operations · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 109 • Lubricants and fluids · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111 • Maintenance intervals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112 • Maintenance and inspection schedule · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 114 • Fuel storage · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 117 • Refueling · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 117 • Refueling at the end of the day · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 117 • Drain plug · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 117 • Engine maintenance · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 118 • Opening the engine hood · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 119 • Cleaning the front grille · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 120 • Removing the side panels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 120 • Checking the engine oil level· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 121 • Changing the engine oil· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 121 • Changing the engine oil filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 122 • Changing the fuel filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 123 • Draining water from the fuel filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 123 • Fuel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 125 • Air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 127 • Cleaning the air filter· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 128 • Cooling system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 130 • Cleaning the oil cooler · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 132 • Adjusting belt tension · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 133 • Clutch maintenance · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 134 • Bleeding air from the hydraulic clutch circuit · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 134 • Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear reduction units· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 135 • Checking the transmission oil level · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 138 • Gearbox oil change· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 139 • Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 139 • Bleeding air from the hydraulic system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 140 • Greasing the steering cylinders · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 140 • Maintenance of the rear axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 140 • Greasing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 140 • Maintenance of the front driving axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 141 • Differential · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 141 • Hub reduction units · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 142 • Front axle oscillation bushes · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 143 • Checking operation of the differential lock controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 143 • Maintenance of the front and rear brakes· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 144

VII

•

• • •

• Checking the braking action · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 144 • Bleeding air from the hydraulic braking system (to be carried out in the workshop) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 144 • Adjusting the handbrake · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 146 Maintenance of the 3-point linkage· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 148 • Rear 3-point linkage · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 148 • Greasing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 148 Hydraulic power-lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 149 Maintenance of the hydraulic trailer braking · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 150 General cleaning of the tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 152 • Cleaning with detergents · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 152 • Cleaning with compressed air · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 152

• SECTION 6 - Electrical system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 153 • Battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 153 • Checking the battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 153 • Fuse box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 155 • Fuse box symbology · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 156 • Colours of wires connected to fuse holder box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 156 • Electrical system· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 157 • Electronic system diagram -part one · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 159 • Electronic system diagram -part two · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 160 • Lights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 161 • Cleaning the headlights and sidelights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 161 • Bulb replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 161 • Headlight alignment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 165 • Horizontal adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 166 • Vertical adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 166

• SECTION 7 - Storage of the tractor· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 167 • Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a long period· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 167 • Preparing the tractor for use after a long period of storage· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 168

• SECTION 8 - Technical specifications · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169 • Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169 • Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 170 • Transmission· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 171

VIII

Gearbox · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 171 Rear power take-off · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 172 Synchronized power take-off · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 172 Brakes· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173 Steering· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173 Front axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173 Rear hydraulic lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 174 Hydraulic system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 174 Auxiliary hydraulic distributors · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 174 Electrical system· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 175 Roll bar · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 175 Fuel tank · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 175 Dimensions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 176 Dimensions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 177 Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 178 Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 178 Maximum permissible loads · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 178 Maximum trailerable loads · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 179 Ballast weights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 179 • Front ballast· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 179 • Rear ballast · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180 • Speed tables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180 • Speed plate · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180 • Speed tables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 181 • Conversion factor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 190 • Attachment of implements to the tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 191 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• SECTION 9 - Fault diagnosis· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 194 • Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 194 • Gearbox · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 196 • Front and rear P.T.O.· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 197 • Front wheel drive · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 198 • Brakes· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 198 • Hydraulic lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 199 • Auxiliary hydraulic systems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 200

• Note · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 202

• Appendix · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A

IX

• Important! Additional information Combination of tractor and mounted implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A • Combination of tractor and mounted implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B • Determination of the total weight, the axle loads, the tyre load carrying capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B

X

Important 1 - DO NOT use the tractor before having read and understood this manual in its entirety. The purchaser and user is in fact responsible for reading this Use and Maintenance manual and for following the safety precautions and the instructions for use and maintenance herein.

2 - Make sure that you are familiar with all the safety instructions on the warning notices represented in this manual and on the tractor. If you do not understand any of the instructions, contact your authorised dealer to obtasin further clarification.

3 - If this tractor is to be lent or hired out to anyone, it is the owner’s responsibility to ensure that any prospective users have read and fully understood the Use and Maintenance manual before using the tractor, and that they have received suitable instruction on the safe and correct use of the vehicle.

4 - The operator is responsible for the daily inspection of the tractor and its maintenance. He must make sure that any parts that could render continued use of the tractor unsafe or cause excessive wear or damage of other components are repaired or replaced. NEVER attempt to carry out repairs or adjustments unless qualified to do so.

5 - When new parts are required, it is important that only genuine parts are used.

Extensive damage may occur as a result of the fitment of parts of inferior quality. Customer are advised that warranty expires immediately if not genuine parts are used.

6 - These tractor are designed solely for use in customary agricultural operations (intended use). Use in any other way is considered as contrary to the intended use. The tractor maker accepts no liability for any damage or injury resulting from misuse and these risks must be borne solely by the user.

XI

Note Since the production process may be modified subsequent to the printing of this manual, the instructions, illustrations, specifications or other information in this manual may not correspond exactly to your tractor.

In accordance with the Company’s policy of continuous improvement to its machines, alterations in the specifications of machines may be made at any time without notice.

To the owner of the new DEUTZ-FAHR tractor Practical experience in the field is the key to the success of your new DEUTZ-FAHR tractor, both as regards the design and the assembly. For many years, DEUTZ-FAHR tractors have been used for the widest range of applications in all possible conditions. However, even the best products require care and maintenance.

To get the very best from your tractor, read this manual carefully before undertaking any work or maintenance operations. Make sure you understand all the safety notices affixed to the tractor or reported in this manual. Keep this manual in a safe place where it is ready to hand for consultation. Do not attempt to carry out any repairs or adjustments unless competent to do so. Do not hesitate to contact your Dealer if you require further information or assistance.

This manual has been prepared with the aim of helping the owner and/or operator to carry out all the operations related to the use and maintenance of the tractor.

XII

IMPORTANT: THE SAFETY SEAL ON THE ENGINE GOVERNOR IS APPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND ENSURES THAT THE POWER OUTPUT OF YOUR TRACTOR DOES NOT EXCEED THE DECLARED AND APPROVED VALUE.ANY TAMPERING WITH THIS SEAL ON THE GOVERNOR WILL VOID THE WARRANTY FOR THE ENTIRE TRACTOR WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT.

WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK, PANEL OR GUARDS MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FOR CLARITY. NEVER OPERATE THE TRACTOR WITHOUT THESE COMPONENTS IN POSITION. IF THE REMOVAL OF PANEL OR GUARDS IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A REPAIR, THEY MUST BE REPLACED BEFORE OPERATION.

CE - This symbol certifies that the tractor has undergone and passed the electromagnetic compatibility test.

WARNING: DIESEL ENGINE EXHAUST AND SOME OF ITS CONSTITUENTS ARE KNOWN TO SOME STATES TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS AND OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM.

XIII

WARNING: BATTERY POSTS, TERMINALS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES CONTAIN LEAD AND LEAD COMPOUNDS, CHEMICALS KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

WARNING: A NATURALLY ASPIRATED ENGINE, WHEN WORKING, CAUSES RISK OF SPARKES. IT’S DANGEROUS ON ALL FOREST, BRUSH OR AGRICULTURAL CROP COVERED LAND. KEEP IN MIND THAT YOUR TRACTOR IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH A RATED QUALIFIED SPARK ARRESTER.

This manual is divided into nine main sections: safety, tractor identification data, instructions for use, wheel and tyres, lubricants and routine maintenance, electrical system, storage instructions, technical specifications, fault diagnosis.

A table of contents appears in the previous pages.

There is an alphabetical index at the back of the manual.

References to the ‘left’, ‘right’, front or rear of the vehicle are in the sense of a person in the driver’s seat facing forwards.

XIV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

SECTION 1 - Safety Safety Alert Symbol and Terms This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere.

When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Why is SAFETY important to you?

ACCIDENTS DISABLE and KILL ACCIDENTS are COSTLY ACCIDENTS can be AVOIDED

Tractor and Implement Safety

The tractor is a source of power - Mechanical and Hydraulic.

On its own, the tractor is of little practical value. Only when used in conjunction with an implement or other attachment does it become a working unit.

This instruction book is compiled to cover those safe working practices that are associated with the base tractor operation.

It does not cover all operation and safety instructions relevant to all known implements and attachments that may be fitted at the time of tractor delivery or at some future date.

It is essential that operators use and understand the relevant instruction manual of such implements and attachments.

XV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Introduction to Safety This safety section of your Operator Instruction Book is intended to point out some of the basic safety situations which may be encountered during the normal operation and maintenance of your FOOTSTEP (ROPS) or CAB tractor, and to suggest possible ways of dealing with these situations.

This section is NOT a replacement for other safety practices featured in other sections of this book.

Additional precautions may be necessary, depending on attachments used and conditions at the work site or in the service area. The tractor maker has no direct control over tractor application, operation, inspection, lubrication, or maintenance. Therefore it is YOUR responsibility to use good safety practices in these areas.

Safety The safety of the operator is one of the main concerns in designing and developing a new tractor. Designers incorporate as many safety features as is possible in constructing our tractors. However, every year many accidents occur which could have been avoided by a few seconds thought and a more careful approach to handling farm machinery and implements.

Read and practice the safety instructions detailed in the next pages of this book.

A Word to the Operator It is YOUR responsibility to read and understand the safety section in this book before operating your tractor.

You must follow these safety instructions that take you step by step through your working day.

Remember that YOU are the key to safety. Good safety practices not only protect you, but also the people around you. Study the features in this manual and make them a working part of your safety programme. Keep in mind that this safety section is written only for this type of machine.

Practice all other usual and customary safe working precautions, and above all - REMEMBER –SAFETY IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. YOU CAN PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. Use only SAME DEUTZ-FAHR approved attachments and equipment.

Danger, Warning, Caution Whenever you see the words and symbols shown below, used in this book and on decals, you MUST take note of their instructions as they relate to personal safety.

XVI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION

DANGER: This symbol together with the word DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in D EATH OR VERY SERIOUS INJURY. WARNING: This symbol together with the word WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided could result in DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY. CAUTION: This symbol together with the word CAUTION is used to indicate a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, may result in MINOR INJURY.

IMPORTANT: The word IMPORTANT is used to identify special instructions or procedures which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of the machine, process or its surroundings.

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE OR OBSCURE DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS. REPLACE ANY DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS THAT ARE NOT READABLE OR ARE MISSING. REPLACEMENT DECALS ARE AVAILABLE FROM YOUR DEALER IN THE EVENT OF LOSS OR DAMAGE. THE ACTUAL LOCATION AND ORDERING CODE OF THESE SAFETY DECALS IS ILLUSTRATED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION. WHEN YOU REPLACE A PART THAT CARRIES A SAFETY LABEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE SAME LABEL IS APPLIED TO THE NEW PART. DO NOT USE FUEL OR SOLVENTS ETC. TO CLEAN SAFETY LABELS. USE A CLEAN CLOTH DAMPED IN SOAPY WATER.

NOTE: The word NOTE is used to indicate points of particular interest for more efficient and convenient repair or operation.

WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK, PANEL OR GUARDS MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FOR CLARITY. NEVER OPERATE THE TRACTOR WITHOUT THESE COMPONENTS IN POSITION. IF THE REMOVAL OF PANEL OR GUARDS IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A REPAIR, THEY MUST BE REPLACED BEFORE OPERATION.

XVII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Follow a Safety Programme For Safe Operation For safe operation of an agricultural tractor, you must be a qualified and authorized operator. To be qualified you must understand the written instructions supplied in this Operator Instruction Book, have training, and know the safety rules and regulations for the job.

Some regulations specify that no one under the age of 16 years, for example, may operate power machinery. This includes tractors. It is your responsibility to know what these regulations are, and obey them, in the operating area or situation.

These will include, but are not limited to, the following instructions for safe tractor operation.

WARNING: AN OPERATOR SHOULD NOT USE ALCOHOL OR DRUGS WHICH CAN AFFECT HIS ALERTNESS OR CO-ORDINATION. AN OPERATOR ON PRESCRIPTION OR ‘OVER THE COUNTER’ DRUGS NEEDS MEDICAL ADVICE ON WHETHER OR NOT HE OR SHE CAN SAFELY OPERATE MACHINES.

General safety rules –

DO NOT allow children or unqualified persons to operate your tractor. Keep others away from your area of work.

–

Securely fasten your seat belt when the tractor has a ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) frame in the upright position or is fitted with a cab.

–

Before starting the engine, check that all the tractor controls are in neutral position. This is to prevent accidental movement of the vehicle or the starting of tractor-driven implements.

–

ONLY operate the controls when seated in the driver’s seat.

XVIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Always use the seat belt.

When used correctly, it can help you drive in safety.

Ensure the belt is worn without slack or twists, and that is not caught on objects near the seat or trapped under the seat support.

–

Before leaving the driving position, remember to lower the 3-point linkage and/or any implement mounted on the tractor, to put all controls in neutral, to apply the handbrake, to switch off the engine, to remove the key from the ignition switch and to turn the battery earth switch to “off” (where present).

–

Where possible, avoid operating the tractor near ditches, embankments and holes. Reduce speed when turning, crossing slopes, and on rough, slippery, or muddy surfaces.

–

Stay off slopes too steep for safe operation.

–

Watch where you are going, especially at row ends, on roads, and around trees.

–

DO NOT permit others to ride on the tractor or the implement unless an approved passenger seat and seat belt is fitted.

–

Hitch only to the drawbar and hitch points recommended, and never above the centre line of the rear axle.

–

Operate the tractor smoothly - no jerky turns, starts or stops. When the tractor is stopped, apply the parking brake securely. Lower the implement and remove the key.

–

DO NOT modify or remove any part of the equipment and DO NOT use attachments unless they are properly matched to your tractor.

–

For safety reasons, avoid very steep slopes. Change down through the gears on both uphill and downhill slopes, especially with heavy loads. NEVER allow the tractor to freewheel with the clutch disengaged or the gearbox in neutral.

XIX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

ALWAYS travel at a speed that allows full control and stability of the tractor. Avoid working near embankments and ditches. Reduce speed when turning or driving on steep gradients, and when travelling over ground that is loose, slippy or covered in mud.

–

DO NOT travel on the road or at high speed with the differential lock engaged, as this could cause steering problems and thus lead to accidents.

–

Before starting the tractor or PTO driven implements, ALWAYS check that no-one is within the tractor/implement operating area.

–

Only attach to the 3-point linkage those implements specifically designed for the purpose. Do not use the 3-point linkage as a towing hook. For towing, use the rear towing hitch only (the front hook is for use in emergencies only).

–

ALWAYS check that the weight of the towed vehicle or trailer is less than the weight of the tractor (unless equipped with independent braking). Braking distance will increase with speed and the weight towed, particularly on downhill slopes.

–

Lock the oscillating towing hitch in a fixed position and use the safety locks when travelling on the public highway. Display load warning signs when necessary and in accordance with the applicable regulations. It is the responsibility of the operator to know and comply with the requirements of the highway code.

–

Use emergency lights when travelling on the public highway, both in daytime and at night.Use direction indicators before any turning manoeuvre.Ensure that all the lights on the tractor are kept clean.

–

Use the bolt provided to lock the two brake pedals together when travelling on the road. This is to ensure more uniform and more effective braking.

–

All machinery driven by the PTO is a potential cause of serious and even fatal injury. Ensure that the PTO and drive shaft guards are always in place. Before starting any work in the vicinity of the PTO shaft, and before servicing/cleaning PTO-driven implements, put the PTO control in the disengaged position, stop the tractor engine and wait until all the moving parts of the implement have come to a complete standstill.

XX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Alighting from the driving position when the engine is running, although permitted in emergencies, creates a hazardous situation for which additional precautions must be taken as regards the tractor and any implements connected to it. In any case, before leaving the driving position, make sure that all the safety devices are in place, that no-one is in the vicinity of the tractor, that the tractor is parked on a level surface, that the handbrake is applied and that all the drive control levers are in neutral position. While alighting from the tractor, keep well clear of any moving parts.

–

NEVER operate the tractor inside a building with the doors closed. It is essential to ensure that the area is sufficiently ventilated.

–

Fluids under pressure can cause severe injury.

NEVER use your hands to trace an oil or fuel leak. Use instead a piece of wood or cardboard for this purpose.

Before disconnecting any part of a normally pressurised circuit, always make sure that the circuit is fully depressurised.

If engine oil, hydraulic fluid or any fluid from a pressurised circuit penetrates your skin, seek medical assistance IMMEDIATELY.

–

DO NOT use explosive ether based products to facilitate cold starting. Follow the instructions given in this manual in the section “Cold starting”.

–

Incorrect connection of the battery terminals or between the battery and a battery charger could damage the electrical system or even cause the battery to explode. NEVER connect the battery terminals together. The acid electrolyte contained in the battery is highly corrosive and can cause burns or even blindness if it enters the eyes.

When filling/topping up a battery with electrolyte, NEVER smoke or allow a naked flame in the vicinity and always wear safety goggles.

XXI

SECTION I –

DO NOT use elastic materials to pull the tractor, as a sudden release of energy stored in the material could cause a fatal accident.

–

NEVER attempt to weld or repair a wheel or wheel rim when fitted with an inflated tyre.

–

A runaway tractor can cause serious or fatal injury.

Only start the engine when seated in the driving position and after checking that all the drive controls are in neutral. NEVER start the engine from the ground or by bypassing the electrical safety system. If the starter motor fails to operate when all the controls are in neutral position, contact your nearest Assistance Service centre.

–

NEVER refuel the tractor when the engine is running or even hot. DO NOT smoke when refueling. DO NOT fill the fuel tank right to the brim, but leave a little space to allow for expansion of the fuel. Refuel in a safe place, away from naked flames or sparks.

–

NEVER allow anyone to stand between the tractor and the implement during hitching operations.

–

NEVER wear headphones or earphones to listen to the radio or music while driving.

This reduces your ability to concentrate and to hear sounds essential to safe driving.

XXII

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Avoid contact with pesticides. Tractor cabs, when fitted, do NOT protect you against inhaling dangerous pesticides. Meticulously follow the manufacturer’s instructions for using and handling pesticides. Always wear the required personal protective equipment (respirator, face mask, etc.) even in the cab.

–

Certain tractor models are equipped with speed measurement radar. Even though these radar systems emit only low intensity radio waves, NEVER look directly at the device when it is operating.

RA

DA

R

–

Periodically check the wheel nuts and tighten them to the specified torque. (See the Maintenance section for wheel nut torque values).

–

The best way to transport a tractor that has broken down is to tow it away on a flat bed truck. Always secure the tractor to the truck with chains before driving off. If you must tow a tractor, do not exceed 10 km/h, and always have an operator at the tractor’s controls to steer and brake as necessary. If necessary, ask your dealer if the model of tractor you have can be towed or not.

–

Do not weld or heat any painted parts. Toxic fumes could be given off.

Remove paint by abrasion first, before heating the part. Always perform these operations in a well ventilated area.

–

Keep heat well away from pipes and hoses containing pressurised fluids. Heating pressurised pipes and hoses can cause inflammable fluids to spray out and cause serious burns to you and others nearby.

XXIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Protective Structures Roll Over Protective Structures A Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) and seat belt is fitted as standard equipment to the footstep tractor at the time of factory assembly. If the ROPS was removed by the original purchaser or has been removed, it is recommended that you equip your tractor with a Roll Over Protective Structure and a seat belt. ROPS are effective in reducing injuries during overturn accidents.

Overturning a tractor without ROPS can result in serious injury or death.

If a fold down ROPS is installed DO NOT wear seat belt when the ROPS is in the folded down position.

Operation – Before using the tractor ensure that the ROPS frame is not damaged, that it is securely fastened to the tractor and if a hinged section is fitted that it is in the raised position and secured.

–

If the ROPS has been removed from the tractor, or folded down for a specific operation, it must be refitted or erected immediately afterwards using the proper hardware and applying the recommended torque values.

–

DO NOT attach chains, ropes, or cables to the ROPS for pulling purposes; this will cause the tractor to tip backwards. Always pull from the tractor drawbar.

–

Always wear your seat belt - adjusted snugly except when operating with a folded down ROPS.

–

Check the seat belt for damage. A damaged seat belt must be replaced.

XXIV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Damage to the ROPS If the tractor has rolled over or the ROPS has been damaged (such as striking an overhead object during transport), the ROPS must be replaced to provide the original degree of protection.

After an accident, check for damage to the ROPS, operator’s seat, seat belt and seat belt mountings.

Before you operate the tractor, replace all damaged parts.

DO NOT WELD, DRILL, BEND OR STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS. To do so reduces the protection it offer

Cab The safety cab has been designed for fitment to this series of tractor and meets all the legal requirements of cab safety and noise levels.

The safety cab conforms to the various international safety standards. The cab must NEVER be drilled, or modified to install accessories or implements . Welding components to the cab or repairing damaged components is NOT PERMITTED. DO NOT attach chains or ropes to the main frame of the cab for pulling purposes.

If additional controls or displays are to be added to the operator’s area contact your Dealer for information as to how this can best be done.

The ROPS cab together with the seat belt is effective in reducing injuries during overturn accidents. Wearing the seat belt is an important part of this protection.

–

Always wear your seat belt-adjusted snugly.

–

Check the seat belt for damage. A damaged seat belt must be replaced.

WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR HAS TO OPERATE IN AREAS WITH RISK OF FALLING OBJECTS (LIKE IN MINES, ETC.), WHERE A FOPS IS REQUIRED, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT YOUR TRACTOR, EQUIPPED WITH ROPS SAFETY STRUCTURE (FRAME OR CAB), IS NOT ALLOWED TO OPERATE IN THOSE AREAS.

XXV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Prepare for Safe Operation Protect Yourself Wear all the protective clothing and personal safety devices issued to you or called for by job conditions. Don’t take chances.

You may need: • A hard hat.

• Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield.

• Hearing protection.

• Respirator or filter mask.

• Foul weather clothing.

• Reflective clothing.

• Heavy gloves (neoprene for chemicals, leather for rough work).

• Safety boots.

Note where fire extinguishers and first-aid or emergency equipment is kept and get to know where to find help in a hurry. Make sure you know how to use this equipment.

BASIC FIRST AID

DO NOT wear loose clothing, jewellery or other items and tie up long hair which could entangle in controls or other parts of the tractor.

Risks from exposure to noise The tractor and any implements attached to it constitute a source of noise of which the intensity and frequency can be measured using the appropriate instruments.

Anyone who uses the tractor must know that: – exposure to excessive and/or prolonged noise can cause serious damage, not just to the hearing but also to general health. The higher the noise level (dbA) and the greater the duration of exposure, the higher the risk. The combination of both these factors can be expressed in the value LEP (level of personal exposure to noise).

– you therefore need to know the noise level generated by the tractor.

This information can be found in the Use and Maintenance Handbook, under the chapter heading “Technical Data”.

XXVI

SECTION I –

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

the use of ear protection is essential when the noise level exceeds a certain value and/or when operating the tractor for prolonged periods.

The point at which action is to be taken is generally when the level of personal exposure LEP reaches or exceeds 85 dbA. Various types of protection are available, including ear muffs, ear plugs and helmets.

Know Your Equipment Know your tractor. Know how to operate all equipment on your machine and the implements and attachments used with it. Know the purpose of all the controls, gauges and dials. Know the rated load capacity, speed range, braking and steering characteristics, turning radius, and operating clearances.

Keep in mind that rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, soft ground, etc. can change the way your tractor operates.

Under poor conditions, slow down and be extra careful, engage four-wheel drive, if fitted.

Study theDANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION safety signs on your tractor and the information signs also.

READ THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE. STUDY IT BEFORE YOU START WORK. IF THERE IS SOMETHING IN THE MANUAL YOU DON’T UNDERSTAND, ASK SOMEONE (such as your equipment Dealer) TO EXPLAIN IT TO YOU. IMPORTANT: This manual covers general safe practices for agricultural tractors. It must always be kept with the tractor. For further copies contact your Dealer.

Use all Available Protective and Safety Devices Keep all protective devices in place and securely fastened. Make certain all guards, shields and safety signs are properly installed, as specified, and are in good condition.

XXVII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

To help keep you and others around you safe, your tractor must be equipped with: – Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS), and seat belt.

– Tractor P.T.O. shield.

Your tractor may also need: – Rear view mirror.

– Fire extinguisher.

–

ROPS, FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure), protective enclosure or protective screens. Remember FOPS are protection from light falling objects and are not intended as protection from large falling objects such as large round bales or fence rails.

–

SMV (slow moving vehicle) emblem, additional safety guards, lights or decals and a back up alarm.

Know which devices are required for safe operation of your tractor. Use them. Make sure they are in place and in good condition. DO NOT remove or disconnect any safety device.

Check the Equipment Before you begin your working day, take time to check your tractor and ensure that all systems are in good operational condition.

– DO NOT smoke while refuelling the tractor. Keep any type of open flame away.

–

Stop the engine and wait for it to cool before refuelling.

–

Check for loose, broken, missing, or damaged parts.

–

Have everything put into good repair. Make certain all safety devices are in place.

–

Check ROPS and seat belt for damage. A damaged ROPS or seat belt MUST be replaced.

–

Ensure that implements and attachments are properly installed and that the tractor and implement P.T.O. rev/min ratings match.

XXVIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Check the tyres for cuts, bulges and correct pressure. Replace worn or damaged tyres.

–

Check the engine oil level and add oil if required.

–

Perform all maintenance procedures outlined in the maintenance and adjustment section of this manual.

–

Check foot and parking brakes for proper operation, adjust if necessary.

–

Check that the P.T.O. driveline locking devices are latched.

–

Check that the tractor P.T.O. shield and driveline guards are in place and operating properly.

–

Check the tractor and implement hydraulic system. Have any leaks or damaged parts repaired or replaced.

WARNING: DIESEL FUEL OR HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID LEAKS, UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO FIND LEAKS. DO NOT USE YOUR BARE HAND. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY FLUID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, IT MUST BE SURGICALLY REMOVED WITHIN A FEW HOURS BY A DOCTOR FAMILIAR WITH THIS TYPE OF INJURY.

XXIX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Before applying pressure to the fuel or hydraulic system, be sure all connections are tight and that lines, pipes, and hoses are not damaged.

Before disconnecting fuel or hydraulic lines, be sure to relieve all pressure.

Make sure that all hydraulic lines are correctly installed and not crossed.

WARNING: LIQUID COOLING SYSTEMS BUILD UP PRESSURE AS THE ENGINE GETS HOT. BEFORE REMOVING THE RADIATOR CAP, STOP THE ENGINE AND LET THE SYSTEM COOL. CHECK THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM AND ADD COOLANT AS REQUIRED.

Clean the Tractor – Keep work surfaces and engine compartments clean.

–

Before cleaning the machine, always lower implements to the ground, place transmission in neutral or with the lowest gear engaged, if mechanical, engage the parking brake, shut off the engine and remove the key.

–

Clean steps, pedals and floor. Remove grease or oil. Brush away dust or mud. In winter, scrape away snow and ice. Remember - slippery surfaces are dangerous.

–

Remove or put away tools, buckets, chains and hooks.

Protect the Environment It is illegal to pollute drains, water courses or soil. Use authorised waste disposal facilities, including civic amenity sites and garages providing facilities for disposal of used oil.

If in doubt, contact your local authority for advice.

XXX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Servicing the Tractor –

DO NOT service the tractor while the engine is running or hot, or if the tractor is in motion.

–

Before making adjustments to, or servicing the electrical system, disconnect the battery negative (-) cable first.

–

To prevent fires or explosions keep open flame away from the battery or cold weather starting aids.

To prevent sparks which could cause explosions use jump cables according to instructions.

–

When making repairs or adjustments it is recommended that you consult your Dealer, and have the work carried out by trained personnel.

–

The implement and/or tractor must be supported on suitable wooden blocks or stands, NOT a hydraulic jack.

–

Check all nuts and bolts periodically for tightness, especially wheel hub and rim nuts. Tighten to the prescribed torque values.

–

Check the brakes regularly, top up the reservoir and/or adjust where necessary. Make sure that the brakes are evenly adjusted, especially when using a trailer.

Starting Warn Personnel before Starting Before starting, walk completely around the tractor and any attached equipment. Make sure that no one is under it, on it, or close to it. Let other workers and bystanders know you are starting up and don’t start until everyone is clear of the tractor, implements and towed equipment.

Ensure that all bystanders, particularly children, are a suitable distance away before starting the engine.

XXXI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Mount and Dismount Safely Always use ‘three point contact’ with the machine, and face the machine when you mount it. (Three point contact means both hands and one foot or one hand and both feet are in contact with the machine at all times during mounting and dismounting).

Clean your shoes and wipe your hands before climbing on. Use handrails, grab handles, ladders or steps (as provided) when mounting or dismounting.

DO NOT use control levers as a hand hold and never step on foot controls when mounting or dismounting.

DO NOT attempt to mount or dismount from a moving tractor.

DO NOT jump off a tractor other than in an emergency.

Start Safely WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE MAKE SURE THERE IS PLENTY OF VENTILATION. DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE IN A CLOSED BUILDING. THE EXHAUST FUMES MAY CAUSE ASPHYXIATION.

Always start the engine from the operator’s seat with all the transmission levers and the P.T.O. lever in neutral.

Make sure that the tractor’s dual brake pedals are locked together at all times unless you are making turns in the field which require independent use of the brakes. Make sure the brakes are properly adjusted so that both brakes engage at the same time.

Adjust the seat, fasten the seat belt, apply the parking brake and put all controls in neutral before starting up.

XXXII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

DANGER: START THE ENGINE, WITH THE STARTER KEY, FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT ONLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINE BY SHORTING ACROSS THE STARTER TERMINALS. THE MACHINE WILL START IN GEAR IF THE NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT IS BYPASSED. THIS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO ANYONE IN THE VICINITY OF THE TRACTOR. ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE STARTER SOLENOID COVER IS ALWAYS IN POSITON.

Follow Recommended Starting Procedures Follow the starting procedures recommended in the Operation section of this Operator Instruction Book. This includes normal starting, cold starting, and the use of starting fluids.

Test the Controls After starting, re-check all gauges and lights. Make sure everything is functioning correctly. If the tractor does not respond correctly when each control is operated, DO NOT use the machine until the fault is rectified.

Starting Fluid DANGER: DO NOT USE AEROSOL CANS OF STARTING AID ON TRACTORS WITH THE THERMOSTART CONNECTED TO THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ETHER COMBINED WITH THERMOSTART CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WITH DAMAGE TO ENGINE, PERSONAL INJURY, OR BOTH.

Your tractor has been fitted with a thermostart cold starting device. If aerosol cans of starting fluid, or ether start-aid, are to be used the thermostart must be disconnected. Remove the wire from the thermostart unit which will be found on the induction manifold. Tape the end of the wire to prevent an electrical short circuit.

STARTI NG FLUI D

XXXIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Handle starting fluid as directed by the manufacturer. Starting fluid must only be used when an ether-start aid is fitted as original equipment by the manufacturer or when installed by a Dealer as an accessory. In cases of tractors being fitted with glow plugs or thermostart, these must be removed prior to the installation of an ether start-aid.

Work Safely WARNING: AN UNBALANCED TRACTOR COULD OVERTURN AND CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. MAKE SURE FRONT FRAME COUNTERWEIGHTS, WHEEL WEIGHTS AND WHEEL BALLAST ARE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ADD EXTRA COUNTERWEIGHTS TO COMPENSATE FOR AN OVERLOADED TRACTOR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE LOAD. KEEP ALL PARTS OF YOUR BODY INSIDE THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT WHILE OPERATING THE TRACTOR.

Making the Right Moves Make sure your tractor is ready for the job it must do.

Know the rated load capacities of your tractor and never exceed them. Be certain that any equipment or implements you intend to use DO NOT exceed the load rating of your tractor. Be sure the tractor and implement PTO speed match.

Keep in mind that tractors normally operate on uneven, unpaved, and often bumpy or sloping surfaces. Operating conditions can reduce the amount of weight you should carry or pull.

Follow Safe Operating Practices – Operate the controls smoothly - don’t jerk the steering wheel or other controls.

–

DO NOT get on or off a moving tractor. Keep a firm grip on the steering wheel at all times, with the thumbs clear of the spokes when driving the tractor

XXXIV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Make sure you have adequate clearance in all directions for tractor, cab, ROPS and implement.

–

DO NOT play games with a tractor or equipment.Use only for intended purpose.

–

DO NOT attempt to work the controls except from the operator’s , if tractor is NOT equipped with proper passenger seat.

–

DO NOT carry passengers, if tractor is NOT equipped with proper passenger seat.

–

Before dismounting, always disengage the P.T.O., lower all attachments and implements to the ground, engage parking brake, shut off the engine, engage the lowest gear (if mechanical transmission) and remove the key. With hydraulic transmission or powershift transmission or powershuttle, ALWAYS chock the tractor wheels.

DO NOT touch, lean on, or reach through any implement mechanism or permit others to do so.

Stay alert. Should something break, come loose, or fail to operate on your equipment, stop work, lower equipment to the ground, shut off the engine, inspect the machine and have repairs or adjustments made before resuming operation.

Watch out for Others

–

Be aware of what is going on. DO NOT allow an untrained or unqualified person to operate your tractor. They could injure themselves or someone else.

XXXV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

WARNING: YOUR TRACTOR IS A ONE-PERSON MACHINE. DO NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR THE IMPLEMENT. IN SOME TERRITORIES A PASSENGER SEAT MUST BE FITTED TO CARRY PASSENGERS. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE IMPLEMENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRAILERS, EXCEPT ON CERTAIN HARVESTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR RIDERS DURING THE ACTUAL HARVEST OPERATION ONLY (NOT DURING TRANSPORT). SUCH EQUIPMENT MUST HAVE PROVISION FOR A SAFE RIDING AREA. DO NOT ALLOW CHILDREN ON THE TRACTOR.

–

Be certain you can control both speed and direction before moving.

Move slowly until you are sure that everything is operating properly.

After starting, recheck the steering, right and left. Be certain you have full steering and brake control. If differential is locked, DO NOT operate at high speed or turn the tractor until the differential lock is disengaged.

–

DO NOT lift a load over anyone.

–

Keep others away from your operation. DO NOT allow anyone to stand or pass under a raised implement.

–

DO NOT lift objects that can not be contained in the bucket, get the appropriate attachment. DO NOT allow anyone to stand on the ROPS or fenders.

–

When using a loader, avoid sudden stops, starts, turns, or change of direction. Keep loads close to the ground when transporting.

–

DO NOT stand (or allow anyone else to stand) in front of, under, or behind loaded or loading equipment. DO NOT drive a tractor up to someone standing in front of a fixed object.

–

Keep others away from universal joints, hitches, drawbar, lift arms, P.T.O. drives, cylinders, belts, pulleys, and other moving parts. Keep all shields and guards in place.

WARNING: DO NOT STAND, OR ALLOW ANYONE ELSE TO STAND, BETWEEN THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, THE LOWEST GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND ALL ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

XXXVI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Risk of Overturning For your safety, it is strongly recommended that all footstep tractors are fitted with Roll Over Protective Structures (ROPS) and seat belts.

In the event of an overturn with a tractor fitted with a cab or ROPS, hold the steering wheel firmly and DO NOT attempt to leave the seat until the tractor has come to rest. If the doors of the cab are obstructed, leave through the rear window or the roof hatch.

To Avoid Side Overturns – Set the wheel track at the widest setting suitable for the job being done.

–

Lock the brake pedals together before driving at transport speeds.

–

Reduce speed to match operating conditions. If the tractor is equipped with a front-end loader, carry the bucket and load as low as possible.

–

Make wide slow turns at reduced speed. Don’t let your tractor bounce.

You may lose steering control.

–

Don’t pull a load too heavy for your tractor. It could run away on the down slope or the tractor could jack-knife around a towed load.

–

Don’t brake suddenly. Apply brakes smoothly and gradually.

–

When going down a slope, use the throttle to slow the tractor engine and use the same gear range you would use to go up the slope. Shift into gear before you start downhill.

–

Engage four-wheel drive (if fitted).

–

It is less likely that the tractor will overturn if you travel straight up or down a steep slope rather than across it.

XXXVII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Avoid crossing steep slopes if possible. If you must do so, avoid any holes or depressions on the downhill side. Avoid any stumps, rocks, bumps or raised areas on the uphill side. When operating near ditches and banks, always keep your tractor behind the shear line. Avoid ditches, embankments and river-banks which might cave in.

–

If it is necessary to cross a steep slope, avoid turning uphill, slow down and make a wide turn. Travel directly up or down the slope, never across it. When travelling up or down a slope, keep the heavy end of the tractor on the uphill side.

–

If when travelling across a slope with side mounted implements, keep the implement on the uphill side.Do not raise the implements. Keep them as low to the ground as possible when crossing a slope.

–

When towing a load at transport speed or in the field, lock the drawbar in the centre position and use a safety chain.

DO NOT use your tractor to round up farm animals.

–

WARNING: DO NOT DISENGAGE THE CLUTCH OR ATTEMPT TO SHIFT GEAR AFTER YOU HAVE STARTED DOWNHILL.

To Avoid Rear Overturns

WARNING: HITCHING TO THE REAR AXLE, OR ANY OTHER POINT ABOVE THE SWINGING DRAWBAR, CAN CAUSE A REAR OVERTURN.

–

DO NOT pull anything using the top link connection, or from any point above the centre line of the rear axle. Always use an approved drawbar, and only use a drawbar pin that locks in place.

–

High hitching can cause rear overturn, which may cause serious injury or death. Hitch loads to the drawbar only.

–

Only use a three-point linkage drawbar when stays are fitted to keep it in the down position.

–

Use front counterweights to increase tractor stability when towing a heavy load or to counter balance a heavy rear mounted implement.

XXXVIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Start forward slowly and gradually increase your speed. DO NOT rev the engine or drop the clutch. If the tractor is attached to a heavy load, or immovable object, improper clutching may cause overturn.

–

If the front end of the tractor starts to lift, reduce your speed and, if necessary, disengage the clutch.

–

If your tractor is bogged down in mud or frozen to the ground, DO NOT attempt to drive forwards. The tractor can rotate around its rear wheels and overturn. Lift any attached implement and attempt to BACK OUT. If this is not possible, tow it out with another vehicle.

–

If you get stuck in a ditch, BACK OUT, if possible. If you must go forward, do it slowly and carefully.

–

A bare tractor or tractor with rear mounted attachments should be backed up the slope in reverse and travel forward downhill.

–

A tractor with a loaded front-end bucket should be backed down the slope and travel forward uphill.Keep the loader bucket as low as possible.

–

Always keep the tractor in gear when going downhill. DO NOT permit the tractor to coast with clutch disengaged or transmission in neutral.

General Operating Hazards –

Ensure that the P.T.O. shield is in place and that the P.T.O. cap is fitted when the P.T.O. driveline is not in use.

DANGER: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO UNPLUG THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS, OR ADJUST AN IMPLEMENT WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING OR THE P.T.O. DRIVE IN OPERATION. TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN VERY SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

–

Before attaching, detaching, cleaning or adjusting P.T.O. driven implements, disengage the P.T.O., stop the engine, remove the key, and make sure that the P.T.O. driveline has stopped.

–

Ensure that all the P.T.O. driveline guards are in place and observe all safety decals.

–

Be sure everyone is clear of your machine before engaging the P.T.O.. For stationary P.T.O. operation, always place transmission in neutral, engage parking brake, and chock both tractor and implement wheels.

XXXIX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

When operating mobile P.T.O. driven equipment, DO NOT leave the tractor seat until the PTO drive is disengaged, the lowest gear is engaged (if mechanical), the parking brake is engaged, the engine shut off and the key removed.

–

DO NOT use P.T.O. adaptors, reducers or extensions as they extend the P.T.O. coupler and universal joint out beyond the protection offered by the P.T.O. shield.

–

The top link and lift rods must not be extended beyond the point where threads begin to show.

–

When using chemicals, carefully follow for use, storage and disposal.

Also follow the chemical application equipment manufacturer’s instructions.

–

When operating under poor visibility conditions, or in the dark, use your tractor field lights and reduce your ground speed. DO NOT use your field lights when travelling on a roadway because rear pointed white lights may be illegal except when reversing and may confuse following drivers.

–

Operate your tractor with the wheels set at the widest setting possible, consistent with the particular task you are performing. To adjust wheel settings refer to Maintenance and Adjustment section.

–

Reduce your speed when operating over rough or slippery ground and when foliage restricts your view of hazards.

–

DO NOT make sharp turns at high speed.

Implements and Attachments WARNING: A FRONT-END LOADER (BUCKET OR FORKS) MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A SUITABLE RESTRAINING DEVICE TO PREVENT THE LOAD (BALES, FENCE POSTS, ROLLS OF FENCE, WIRE ETC.) FROM ROLLING DOWN THE LIFT ARMS INTO THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT AND CRUSHING THE DRIVER WHEN THE LOADER IS RAISED. INADEQUATELY SECURED OBJECTS COULD ALSO FALL AND INJURE BYSTANDERS.

–

Three-point hitch and side mounted implements make a much larger arc when turning than towed equipment. Make certain to allow sufficient clearance for turning. Use only approved attachments and implements.

–

When using attachments or implements with the tractor, be sure to thoroughly read the Operator Instruction Book for that attachment or implement and follow its safety instructions.

XL

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

DO NOT overload an attachment or towed equipment. Use proper counter-weights to maintain tractor stability. Hitch loads to the drawbar only.

–

A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should it be accidentally separated from the drawbar while transporting. Using the appropriate adaptor parts, attach the chain to the tractor drawbar support or other specified anchor location. Provide only enough slack in the chain to permit turning. See your Dealer for a chain with a strength rating equal to, or greater than the gross weight of the towed machine.

–

Make sure any towed implements are equipped with a safety chain linking tractor and implement.

–

Pull only from the approved drawbar. Towing or attaching to other locations may cause the tractor to overturn.

WARNING: TRACTOR REQUIRES CORRECT TRAILER BRAKING EQUIPMENT BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPMENT.

Safety - Towing – For towed equipment WITHOUT brakes, DO NOT tow equipment: - at speeds over 30 km/h (19 miles/h); - that, when fully loaded, weighs more than 1 times the weight of the towing unit (please refer to local rules).

–

For towed equipment WITH MECHANICAL brakes, DO NOT tow equipment: - at speeds over 30 km/h (19 miles/h); - that, when fully loaded, weighs more than 1 times the weight of the towing unit or 5000 Kg (please refer to local rules).

–

For towed equipment WITH HYDRAULIC OR PNEUMATIC brakes, DO NOT tow equipment: - at speeds over 40 km/h (25 miles/h); - that, when fully loaded, weighs more than 4 times the weight of the towing unit, with a maximum of 20000 Kg (please refer to local rules).

–

When parking tractor and towed trailer, engage the lowest transmission gear, engage parking brake, shut off the engine, remove the key and chock both tractor and trailer wheels

–

Stopping distance increases with speed and weight of towed loads, and on hills and slopes. Towed loads with or without brakes that are too heavy for the tractor or are towed too fast can cause loss of control. Consider the total weight of the equipment and its load.

XLI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL WARNING: ON TOWING TRAILERS, BEFORE LEAVING THE DRIVING POSITION, REMEMBER TO PUT ALL CONTROLS IN NEUTRAL, TO APPLY THE HANDBRAKE, TO SWITCH OFF THE ENGINE, TO ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION) AND TO REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS CHOCK BOTH TRACTOR AND TRAILER WHEELS.

Road Transport BEFORE operating your tractor on a public road, a number of precautions must be taken.

– – – – – – – – –

Familiarise yourself with - and obey - all laws appropriate to your tractor.

Lock your brake pedals together.

Raise all implements to their transport position and lock them in place.

Place all implements into their narrowest transport configuration.

Disengage the P.T.O. and differential lock.

Make sure any required clearance flags or hazard lights are in place and in working order.

Make sure you use a proper hitch pin with a clip retainer.

Clean off all reflectors and road lights, front and rear, and be certain they are in working order.

Make sure tractor and equipment are equipped with Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) signs and other marking aids recommended for improved visibility, or beacon if the law requires them.

Rules of the Road WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANY PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR OR TOWED EQUIPMENT.

WHEN operating your tractor on a public road a number of precautions must be taken.

–

Know the route you are going to travel.

–

Use flashing lights or beacon when travelling on roads, day or night, unless prohibited by law.

–

Use caution when towing a load at transport speeds especially if the towed equipment is NOT equipped with brakes.

XLII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

–

Observe all local or national regulations regarding the road speed of your tractor.

–

Observe all local or national regulations regarding the max towed weight.

–

Use extreme caution when transporting on snow-covered or slippery roads.

–

Wait for traffic to clear before entering a public road.

–

Beware of blind intersections. Slow down until you have a clear view.

–

DO NOT attempt to pass at any intersection.

–

Slow down for turns and curves.

–

Make wide, gentle turns.

–

Signal your intent to slow, stop or turn.

–

Shift to a lower gear before going up or down hills.

–

Keep tractor in gear. DO NOT coast with the clutch disengaged or transmission in neutral.

–

Stay out of the path of oncoming traffic.

–

Drive in your correct lane keeping as near to the kerb as possible.

–

If traffic builds up behind you, pull off the road and let it go by.

–

Drive defensively. Anticipate what other drivers might do.

–

When towing a load, start braking sooner than normal and slow down gradually.

–

Watch out for overhead obstructions.

–

Make sure that the load does not obscure warning or any other lights.

XLIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

After Operation When stopping at any time, bring the tractor to a complete halt, apply the parking brake, disengage the P.T.O., place the lowest gear engaged, lower the implement to the ground, stop the engine and remove the key BEFORE leaving the seat.

Welding work on the tractor body Before performing electrical welding work on the tractor body or on attached implements, always disconnect the electrical wiring of the generator, the battery and the electronic boxes.

Welding work on the cab posts is not permitted.

Watch out that plastic components, such as air compressor system or hydraulic hoses, are not overheated.

XLIV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Safety instructions for the installation of supplementary equipment and/or electronic components.

The tractor is equipped with electronic control devices. The operation of other electronic devices can create electromagnetic fields, which may cause malfunctions in the tractor’s electronics. To prevent the risk of injury deriving from such malfunctions, observe the following safety instructions.

When installing supplementary equipment and/or electrical and electronic components on the tractor which require connection to the tractor’s electrical system, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the installation does not cause malfunction of the tractor’s electronics or other components. This applies mainly to the following devices: Radio CB radio receiver Mobile telephone (ETACS, GSM, etc.)

In particular, it is important to check that any supplementary electrical or electronic devices installed comply with the current EMC directives 89/336/EEC and that they bear the CE marking.

For the installation of mobile communication systems (e.g. radio transmitter/receivers, telephone), it is important to observe the following additional instructions: Ensure that you have a licence to operate the device (e.g.: BZT licence in Germany).

Ensure that the device/s are firmly fixed.

The use of mobile radio and telephones is only permitted if connected to an external antenna.

Radio transmission components must be installed separately from the vehicle’s electronic components.

The antenna must be fitted in a professional manner and there must be a good connection between the antenna and the vehicle earthing point.

The wiring, installation, and the maximum permissible power consumption must comply with the assembly instructions.

XLV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Safety and operational decals

WARNING: Replace any damaged or lost decal on this tractor before further operation.

XLVI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

1 - P/N 2.9929.848.0 Location: On the left fender (next to the driver’s seat)

DANGER Start only from seat with transmission and PTO in neutral.

Starting in gear kills.

2.9929.854.0

2 - P/N 2.9929.854.0 Location: Starter body

XLVII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

DANGER

Pull only from approved drawbar or lower links of 3 point linkage at orizontal position or below

DANGER

Rotating driveline contact may cause serious injury or death keep all driveline, tractor and equipment shields in place during operation 2.9929.856.0

3 - P/N 2.9929.856.0 Location: On the right mudguard

WARNING

Whenever clearance permits: Keep Rollover Protection Structure fully extended and locked.

Keep seat belt fastened.

When structure must be lowered: Drive with extra care.

Seat belt use is not recommended.

No ROPS protection is provided in the lowered position.

2.9929.858.0

4 - P/N 2.9929.858.0 Location: On the left fender (next to the driver’s seat) XLVIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

WARNING NO RIDERS 2.9929.793.0

DANGER

5 - P/N 2.9929.793.0 Location: On top of the left fender

Shield eyes

Explosive gas

EXPLOSIVE GASES Always shield eyes and face from battery Cigarettes, fiames or

Avoid sparks and flame

POISON

Sulphuric acid causes severe burns

sparks could cause battery to explode. Do not charge or use booster cables or adjust post

Contains sulphuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. In event of accident flush with water and call a physician immediately.

connections without proper instruction or training.

Keep out of reach of children 2.9929.862.0

6 - P/N 2.9929.862.0 Location: On top of battery

IL

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

WARNING Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals know to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

7 - P/N 2.9929.754.0 Location: On top of battery

WARNING Remove negative cables from batteries before removing solenoid cover and before servicing the electrical sistem 2.9929.860.0

8 - P/N 2.9929.860.0 Location: On starter solenoid

L

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

9 - P/N 2.9929.702.0 Location: On the left fender

BRAKES OIL USE ATF DEXRON II

OIL ONLY

OLIO FRENI USARE SOLO OLIO TIPO ATF DEXRON II

10 - P/N 2.9929.684.0 Location: On left side panel

LI

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

WARNING

Keep hands clear of fan and belts while engine is running

2.9929.794.0

11 - P/N 2.9929.794.0 Location: On engine air duct

WARNING Modifications, alterations to ROPS or use of ROPS if demaged, is prohibited.

2.9929.699.0

12 - P/N 2.9929.699.0 Location: On left / right roll bar support

LII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

13 - P/N 2.9929.566.0 Location: Near the tractor identification plate

WARNING 1. Drawbar supplied provides standart distance "A". Do not change.

PTO RPM

SHAFT SIZE

DISTANCE "A"

540

35mm (1.38 in)

356mm (14.0 in)

1000

35mm (1.38 in)

406mm (16.0 in)

"A"

1. Three-point link distance "C" and mounted implement distance "D" may not be standart.

Measure distance "B" over complete lift range for tractor and implement combination. Select driveline length to ensure that driveline will not botton out at minimum distance "B" and will have sufficient overlap at maximum distance.

"B"

"C"

"D"

2.9929.855.0

14 - P/N 2.9929.855.0 Location: On the protective shield over P.T.O. shaft

LIII

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

WARNING THIS TRACTOR IS EQUIPPED WIT A SHIFTABLE PTO: TO AVOID INJURY: 1. MATCH PTO SPEED TO IMPLEMENT 2. KEEP ALL SHIELDS IN PLACE 3. CENTER AND LOCK DRAWBAR 4. ENGAGE PTO CAREFULLY 2.9929.281.0

15 - P/N 2.9929.281.0 Location: Under P.T.O. Control button.

LIV

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

International symbols (part. 1)

LV

SECTION I

International symbols (part. 2)

LVI

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

International symbols (part. 3)

LVII

SECTION I

Metric conversion

LVIII

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Conversion tables Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by mm 2 to in 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015 in2 to mm 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645.16 m2 to ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.764 ft2 to m2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0929 ha to acre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4711 acre to ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4047 Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by ml to fluid oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0338 fluid oz to ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.573 litre to Imp. gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2199 Imp. gal to litre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5460 litre to US gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2641 US gal to litre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7854 Imp. gal to US gal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2010 US gal to Imp gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8326 litre to U.S. qts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0567 U.S. qts to litre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9463 Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by mm to in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0394 in to mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.400 m to ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2808 ft to m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3048 yard to m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0936 m to yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9144 km to mile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6214 mile to km. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093 Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by ps to hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9863 hp to ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0139 kW to hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3410 hp to kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7457

LIX

SECTION I

SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by Bar to psi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.504 Psi to bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0689 Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by km/hr to mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6214 mph to km/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by Nm to lbf ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.738 lbf ft to Nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.356 Kgm to Nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.810 Nm to Kgm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.102 Kgm to lbf ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.233 Lbf ft to Kgm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.138 Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by cm3 to in 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.061 in3 to cm 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.390 m3 to ft3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.315 ft3 to m3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0283 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by gram to oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3530 oz to gram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.350 kg to lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2046 lb to kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4536 kg to ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0011 ton to kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907.18 tonne to ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1023 ton to tonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9072 Temperature °C to °F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 x °C + 32 °F to °C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (°F - 32) ÷ 1.8

LX

SECTION II

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

SECTION 2 - Original spare parts The use of “ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS” is recommended to ensure optimum tractor efficiency, as well as to optimize your investment and operational expenses. Spare parts orders must specify the following: 1 - Tractor serial number and engine serial number (if the engine is involved).

2 - Name and reference number of the required spare part.

Tractor serial number

The tractor serial number is stamped on the right-hand side at the front.

1

SECTION II

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Engine serial number

1

2

E KHD DEUTZ

You will find the nameplate of the engine on the left-hand side of the crankcase.

1 = Engine Type 2 = Engine number

Tractor identification plate

The tractor serial number is also stamped on an aluminium plate located on the bulkhead behind the driver’s seat.

2

SECTION II

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Original replacement parts This use and maintenance manual covers all the models in the AGROPLUX range.

Models belonging to the same family are very similar to each other with many parts in common. Furthermore both of these two models have been type approved in 4WD version.

The following tractors have been type approved in the versions with safety roll bar: Model AGROLUX F50 AGROLUX F60 AGROLUX F70 AGROLUX F80 Your authorized DEUTZ-FAHR dealer is obliged to provide all the Technical Assistance necessary and to offer you technical support through his workshop and specially trained personnel to ensure that your tractor continues to offer the very best performance.

In order to obtain replacement parts or prompt and efficient technical assistance, the owner must provide the tractor model, the tractor serial number, the engine model and the engine serial number.

Use the space below to record your tractor identification data: Tractor model Tractor serial number Engine model Engine serial number Date of purchase Dealer's name Dealer's telephone number

3

SECTION II

AGROLUX 4RM - (version F50)

AGROLUX 4RM - (version F50) 4

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

SECTION 3 - Operating controls and instruction Checking the tractor prior to starting work Before starting work, inspect the tractor exterior for signs of oil leaks or other faults.

Make any necessary repairs after having established the cause of the problem.

Clean all mud, straw, leaves, etc. from the tractor.

Refuel as necessary.

CAUTION: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY OPERATIONS, READ THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY DURING OPERATION OF THE TRACTOR.

CAUTION: DURING TRACTOR REFUELING, ALWAYS TURN THE ENGINE OFF AND CLEAN ANY FUEL SPILLED ON THE TRACTOR.

5

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Drain water from the fuel filter by operating the drain valve located at the bottom of the filter bowl and allow the liquid to drain until clean fuel appears.

CAUTION: WITH A COLD ENGINE YOU MAY NOTICE ABNORMAL COMBUSTION. THIS SHOULD CLEAR UP ONCE THE ENGINE HAS REACHED NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE.

DANGER: CONTACT BETWEEN THE TRACTOR OR ATTACHED IMPLEMENTS AND HIGH-TENSION ELECTRICAL LINES MAY CAUSE DEATH. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH HIGH-TENSION ELECTRICAL LINES, DO NOT GET DOWN FROM THE DRIVING POSITION, BUT MANOEUVRE THE TRACTOR AND/OR IMPLEMENT TO ELIMINATE THE CONTACT AND DRIVE AWAY TO A SAFE DISTANCE FROM THE ELECTRICAL LINE.

6

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Checking the engine oil level This should be done with tractor standing on level ground and the engine switched off.

Pull the dipstick out, clean it, reinsert fully and then pull it out again to read the level.

If necessary, top up the engine oil through the oil filler.

7

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS HAVE FIRST-AID EQUIPMENT READ-ILY AVAILABLE: - FIRST-AID KIT WITH MEDICAMENTS; - FIRE EXTINGUISHER; - EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS ON HAND (DOCTOR, HOSPITAL, AMBULANCE, FIREMEN).

WARNING: DO NOT STAND, OR ALLOW ANYONE ELSE TO STAND, BETWEEN THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, ONE TRANSMISSION GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND ALL ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

CAUTION: NEVER LEAVE YOUR TRACTOR WITH ENGINE RUNNING, IF NOT STRICTLY NECESSARY. IN THIS CASE PUT ALL GEAR LEVERS IN “NEUTRAL” AND PULL FULLY THE HAND-BRAKE LEVER.

WARNING: AN OPERATOR SHOULD NOT USE ALCOHOL OR DRUGS WHICH CAN AFFECT HIS ALERTNESS OR CO-ORDINATION. AN OPERATOR ON PRESCRIPTION OR ‘OVER THE COUNTER’ DRUGS NEEDS MEDICAL ADVICE ON WHETHER OR NOT HE OR SHE CAN SAFELY OPERATE MACHINES.

8

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Access to the driving position Easy access to the driving position is provided by a wide non-slip step.

CAUTION: ALWAYS WEAR CLOTHING SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. IF NECESSARY, USE HEARING PROTECTION PLUGS AND WEAR EYE PROTECTION.

WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANY PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR OR TOWED EQUIPMENT.

9

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Steering wheel adjustment The telescopic-type steering column allows a height adjustment of the steering wheel.

Loosening knob 1 will permit the operator to move the steering wheel to the desired height.

Then tighten the knob again.

Steering wheel adjustment 1 - Steering wheel height adjustment knob

CAUTION: ALWAYS RESPECT THE NATIONAL RULES AND THE ROADWAY LEGISLATION.

DANGER: NEVER ADJUST THE STEERING WHEEL WITH THE TRACTOR IN MOTION. THE DRIVER SHOULD MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE WHEEL IS SUITABLY ADJUSTED BEFORE STARTING OFF.

10

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

The lights, direction indicators and horn switches are mounted on a lever located on the left of the steering column under the steering wheel

Lights' switch Move the control lever forward to turn on the right direction indicator.

Pull the control lever backward to turn on the left direction indicator.

The control lever knob has three positions for lights control.

1st Position - Lights off and head lamp flashing occurs by pulling the lever upwards.

2nd Position - Side lights on. Headlamps flash each time the lever is pulled upwards.

3rd Position - Dipped headlamp beams on.

Pull the lever towards the steering wheel to change to full beams and vice-versa.

Warning horn: The warning horn sounds by pressing the lever axially.

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE RADIATOR CAP WHILE ENGINE IS HOT. RADIATOR IS PRESSURIZED AND IF OPENED WHILE HOT, STEAM AND BOILING LIQUID WILL BE SPRAYED OUT, WHICH MAY INJURY YOU AND OTHERS WHICH MAY BE CLOSE BY. THERE CAN ALSO BE A EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF COOLANT LOSS.

11

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Adjusting the driver’s seat BOSTROM KAB XH type seat This seat features the following adjustments: • • •

adjusting spring response control, according to the weight of the driver ( move the lever 1, the indicator on the plate 2 will show the greater or lesser sensitivity) longitudinal adjustment, the seat slides back and forward to suit the stature and personal preference of the driver (release lever 3 ). seat height adjustment, pull the knob 4, to release it from the detent notches and move right or left to raise or lower the seat

Side and frontal view of seat BOSTROM KAB XH 1 2 3 4

- Spring suspension setting lever - Plate indicating spring suspension setting - Lever for longitudinal seat adjustment - Height adjustment knob

DANGER: NEVER ADJUST THE SEAT WHILE THE TRACTOR IS IN MOTION!

12

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat This seat features the following adjustments: • longitudinal adjustment, the seat slides back and forward to suit the stature and personal preference of the driver release lever 1.

•

adjusting spring response control, turn the lever 2 to increase or reduce spring sensitivity, according to the weight of the driver.

•

height adjustment, enabled by rotating the knob 3 between positions 0 and 3. The position selected is marked by a yellow indicator located to one side of the knob.

GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat 1 - Lever for longitudinal seat adjustment 2 - Spring suspension setting lever 3 - Height adjustment knob

13

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

DANGER: DO NOT ALLOW PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR UNLESS IT IS EQUIPPED WITH A SEAT SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE. CARRYING PASSENGERS IN AN IRREGULAR FASHION CAN OBSTRUCT THE DRIVER’S VIEW AND CONSEQUENTLY JEOPARDISE SAFETY.

CAUTION: BEFORE USING THE TRACTOR, TAKE TIME TO FAMILIARISE YOURSELF WITH ALL THE CONTROLS.

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

CAUTION: IT’S IMPORTANT TO RESPECT THE ENVIROMENT AND TO FOLLOW THE ANTI-POLLUTION RULES. ANY FLUID (OIL, FUEL, COOLANT) OR FILTERS AND BATTERIES HAVE TO BE WASTED, BY FOLLOWING THE LOCAL RULES.

WARNING: A NATURALLY ASPIRATED ENGINE, WHEN WORKING, CAUSES RISK OF SPARKES. IT’S DANGEROUS ON ALL FOREST, BRUSH OR AGRICULTURAL CROP COVERED LAND. KEEP IN MIND THAT YOUR TRACTOR IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH A RATED QUALIFIED SPARK ARRESTER.

CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR THE IMPLEMENT UNLESS AN APPROVED PASSENGER SEAT HAS BEEN INSTALLED OR MADE AVAILABLE AS AN OPTION BY THE MANUFACTURE(S).

14

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Seat belts Seat belts, which are a legal requirement in certain countries, are fitted as optional equipment. If your tractor is not originally equipped with seat belts, retrofit seat belt kits can be ordered from our Parts Service.

Contact your local Dealer for further information.

To fasten the seat belt, insert the blade A into the slot B.

A B

To relase the seat belt, press button C. N.B.: Seat belts are fitted as standard equipment when sold in North America.

To adjust the seat belt:

C

D

pull end D to shorten the belt

E

or end E to lengthen the belt.

CAUTION: ALWAYS FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT. THE USE OF A SEAT BELT REDUCES THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT.

15

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Adjusting the rearview mirrors For maximum control when performing difficult manoeuvres it is vital that the rearview mirrors are correctly adjusted.

Position the mirror to obtain a clear view of the side of the tractor and the implement from the driver’s seat.

Tilt the mirror manually to obtain the best view from the driver’s seat.

Adjust both mirrors in this way.

The mirror arms rotate about their pivots and can be turned inwards towards the tractor to reduce the overall width of the vehicle.

When rotated in towards the tractor, the arms encounter two intermediate rest positions.

CAUTION: WHEN TRAVELLING ON PUBLIC ROADS, ALWAYS KEEP THE REQUIRED SAFETY LIGHTS TURNED ON. IF NECESSARY, EQUIP THE TRACTOR WITH REFLECTING BANDS OR OTHER REFLECTING DEVICES. DO NOT USE THE WORKING LIGHTS ON PUBLIC ROADS.

16

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Instrument panel

Instrument panel 1 - Starter switch unit 2 - Steering column switch unit

WARNING: DIESEL ENGINE EXHAUST AND SOME OF ITS CONSTITUENTS ARE KNOWN TO SOME STATES TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS AND OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM.

WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR BEGINS TO TURNOVER, HOLD ON TO THE STEERING WHEEL. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR.

DANGER: TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE DANGEROUS SPARKS WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO FUEL DEPOSITS OR OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.

17

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Controls located to the left of the instrument panel 1 - Preheating control 2 - Diff lock engagement/ 3 - Steering column switch disengagement control 4 - Shuttle control 5 - Steering wheel adjustment knob

Controls located to the right of the instrument panel 1 - Hazard warning lights switch 2 - Engine STOP control 3 - Keystart switch 4 - Gear lever

18

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter

Electronic dial-type rev counter The outer scale (white) indicates engine rpm.

The outer scale with red numbers indicates tractor speed in top gear.

540 - Indicates engine rpm with P.T.O. shaft set at 540 rpm.

540 E - "ECONOMY" P.T.O. - Indicates engine rpm with P.T.O. shaft set to "ECONOMY" speed.

1000 - Indicates engine rpm with P.T.O. shaft at 1000 rpm.

Version 30 Km/h (18.64 mph)

Version 40 Km/h (24.86 mph)

CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE TRACTOR, CHECK ITS CONDITION FOR OPERATING SAFETLY ON THE PUBLIC HIGHWAY.

19

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Engine hour counter Indicates number of engine running hours

Dial-type engine temperature gauge Indicates engine temperature - end blue zone = 85°C (185°F) - beginning red zone = 140°C (284°F) - end red zone = 170°C (338°F)

WARNING: IF THE NEEDLE ENTERS THE RED SECTION, SWITCH OFF THE ENGINE IMMEDIATELY. IF THE NEEDLE IS IN THE BLUE SECTION, THE TEMPERATURE IS TOO LOW; WAIT UNTIL THE NEEDLE ENTERS THE WHITE SECTION BEFORE PUTTING THE ENGINE UNDER LOAD.

Dial-type fuel gauge The fuel tank has a capacity of approx.

60 litres (15.85 U.S. gal).

The gauge indicates the quantity of diesel in the fuel tank.

CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATATE ENGINE UNTIL FUEL TANK IS ENPTY. IF ENGINE IS RUN OUT OF FUEL, IT WILL BECOME NECESSARY TO BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM.

20

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Indicator lamps (see key on next page)

WARNING: IF THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON WHEN THE ENGINE IS RUNNING, SWITCH OFF THE ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.

NOTE: Fault codes are signalled by a sequence of flashes on the lamp with the hazard warning symbol. In some fault conditions, an audible signal will be emitted as well.

21

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Key to lamp functions Rif.

Description

Power

Colour

Note

2W

Red

-

a) Low brake fluid level b) Handbrake engaged

1.2W

Red

-

1.2W

Red

-

4

a)Gearbox oil filter clogged b) Low gearbox oil pressure Low engine oil pressure

1.2W

Red

-

5

Air filter clogged

1.2W

Red

-

6

Rear P.T.O. engaged

1.2W

Yellow

-

7

Trailer brake pressure low

1.2W

Red

optional

8

Rear P.T.O. engaged at 540 rpm

1.2W

Yellow

-

9

Rear P.T.O. engaged at 1000 rpm

1.2W

Yellow

-

10 Rear P.T.O. engag. at economy speed

1.2W

Yellow

-

11 Rear P.T.O. ground-speed engaged

1.2W

Yellow

optional

1

Alternator does not charge battery

2 3

12 Front P.T.O. engaged

1.2W

Yellow

optional

13 4WD engaged

1.2W

Orange

-

14 Diff-lock engaged

1.2W

Orange

-

15 Fuel low

1.2W

Yellow

-

16 Parking lights on

1.2W

Green

-

17 High-beam lights on

1.2W

Blu

-

18 Tractor direction indicator and warning lamp indicators

1.2W

Green

-

19 First trailer indicators

1.2W

Green

-

20 Second trailer indicators

1.2W

Green

-

21 High gear selected

1.2W

Green

optional

22 Medium gear selected

1.2W

Green

optional

23 Low gear selected

1.2W

Green

optional

24 Glow plug pre-heating

1.2W

Yellow

optional

Warning lamp activated on illumination 25 o f p a n e l i n d i ca t o r s 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 o r "external warning"

1.2W

Red

-

22

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Commands on the right of the Instrument panel Fuel cut-off control The engine is shut off by pulling the knob, which remains in the STOP position.

To realease push the knob forward.

Hazard lights’ control It is operated by pressing the special pushbutton, thus causing all the direction indicators to blink simultaneously.

The button is provided with a pilot lamp indicating hazard lights’ function.

Commands on the left of the Instrument panel Manual preheating control The integral light switches on to show that the preheating has been activated.

Front-wheel drive engage command (for tractors with electro-hydraulic control) The tractor may be equipped with an optional electrohydraulic system with pushbutton control.

When pressed, the pushbutton locks in position and the integral indicator light illuminates.

To disengage, press the pushbutton a second time and the indicator light will be extinguished.

Diff-lock command to engage the differential lock, push control button which remains in position and will light up due to built-in pilot lamp.

Press button again to disengage the differential lock.

NB: the three engagements are also indicated by the corresponding indicator lights on the instrument panel.

23

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Hand throttle control (for models with mechanical engine governor) Push the lever downwards to increase engine speed.

Pull the lever upwards to reduce the engine speed.

Pivotable headlight control •

option

Controls to the right of the driver's seat

1 - Lift control levers 3 - Rear PTO command

24

2 - Hydraulic control valve levers

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Rear P.T.O. clutch control Pressing the top half of the button engages the rear P.T.O.; pressing the bottom half disengages.

The button is interlocked to a safety catch to prevent the P.T.O. clutch being engaged or disengaged by accident.

Whether engaging or disengaging, the P.T.O. clutch is operated by rocking the selector button while pressing and holding the safety catch toward the driver seat.

Controls to the left of the driver's seat Front-wheel drive engagement control

(for tractors with mechanical control) Pull to engage front-wheel drive; push button to disengage front-wheel drive.

A - Front-wheel drive engagement control B - Rear Groundspeed P.T.O. Engagement/disengagement control

Engagement/disengagement control for rear groundpseed PTO Pull up to engage the synchro PTO (providing that the synchro PTO has been enabled by way of the selector located on the rear left of the tractor); push the control downwards to disengage.

IMPORTANT: operate this command only after having disengaged the hydraulic clutch.

25

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Driver’s post

Ignition switch CONTROLS AND CHECKOVER INSTRUMENTS Ignition switch Electrical system deenergized: - key removable; To shut off the engine, first use the control on page 23 then turn the starter switch to the STOP position Active electric circuit: - Lamps indicating operation of the alternator and low engine oil pressure light up on the instrument panel.

Engine starting

WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE MAKE SURE THERE IS PLENTY OF VENTILATION. DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE IN A CLOSED BUILDING. THE EXHAUST FUMES MAY CAUSE ASPHYXIATION.

26

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Engine - first 100 work hours The tractor is delivered to the customer ready for use under full power, thanks to the exhaustive inspections to which the engine is subjected in our testing rooms.

Nevertheless, FOR THE FIRST 50 HOURS' RUNNING, it is recommended that the tractor not be run at maximum load for long periods so as to enable the piston rings and the various moving parts to bed in properly.

During this period we strongly advise to refrain from running the engine at low r.p.m.s or high r.p.m.s for a long time when in neutral, as either situation is harmful and would result in engine components becoming bedded in such a way that MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE will not be guaranteed.

IMPORTANT: THE SAFETY SEAL ON THE ENGINE GOVERNOR IS APPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND ENSURES THAT THE POWER OUTPUT OF YOUR TRACTOR DOES NOT EXCEED THE DECLARED AND APPROVED VALUE.ANY TAMPERING WITH THIS SEAL ON THE GOVERNOR WILL VOID THE WARRANTY FOR THE ENTIRE TRACTOR WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT.

CAUTION: BY LOW TEMPERATURE, AFTER STARTING KEEP THE ENGINE NOT ABOVE 1800 REV/MIN, UNTIL IT HAS REACHED THE NORMAL WORKING TEMPERATURE.

DANGER: DO NOT USE AEROSOL CANS OF STARTING AID ON TRACTORS WITH THE THERMOSTART CONNECTED TO THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ETHER COMBINED WITH THERMOSTART CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WITH DAMAGE TO ENGINE, PERSONAL INJURY, OR BOTH.

27

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

For a good running-in, the following rules should be observed: •

whenever the engine is started up, it should be left idling for a few minutes;

•

avoid using the engine continuously at low or at high idling speeds with light loads;

•

during the first 20 hours' work do not use the engine with excessively high loads; use tractor under full load for gradually longer periods;

•

before stopping the engine, let it run for a few minutes at low idling speed;

•

the maintenance operations and checks listed below should be performed most conscientiously:

during the initial work phase

engine oil level:

check frequently

at 50 hours

change engine oil and replace oil filter:

use recommended oil only; before fitting the filter, oil the sealing ring

CAUTION: AFTER SOME HOURS OF HEAVY WORK, LET THE ENGINE IDLE FOR A FEW MINUTES BEFORE STOPPING IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT THE TURBINE FROM ROTATING THROUGH INERTIA WITHOUT SUFFICIENT LUBRICATION.

28

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Starting Before operating the starter key you must: • Switch off all the electrical equipment powered by the battery (lights, direction indicators, blower, wipers, heating, air conditioning).

• Release the engine STOP control • Move the controls of the rear PTO and front PTO (if present) to the disengaged positions (indicator light off).

• Move the shuttle control lever to the neutral position.

To start the engine: Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to the symbol .

In this position the engine oil pressure and battery charging warning lights should be illuminated.

If the user considers it necessary (in the case of low ambient temperature), he can activate the preheating stage by pressing pushbutton A; the indicator light B on the console will illuminate.

In this case, do not turn the key to operate the starter until the light is extinguished.

.

A - Manual preheating control button B - Preheating stage activation indicator light

29

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Turn the key to the start symbol , and accelerate as appropriate.

When engine has started, release the key, which will automatically return to position

.

If engine does not start, repeat the operation when starter motor has stopped (after 10-15 seconds) a maximum of 3-4 times.

Engine shut down If engine is exceptionally hot, allow it to idle for a few minutes.

Put the gear lever in neutral.

To stop the engine, operate the engine stop control (2 on page 18), pulling it out until the engine stops completely and then turn the key to position

30

.

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Cold starting Diesel engines are to be refuelled exclusively with diesel fuel of the type normally commercially available and which conforms to the requirements of the applicable standards.

In winter, when the temperature falls below 0° C (32°F), it is essential to use only winter diesel fuel, which allows the engine to run correctly at temperatures down to -20°C (-4°F).

If summer diesel fuel is used at low temperatures, the molecules of paraffin contained in the fuel will be deposited on the filters which will therefore become clogged and prevent the fuel from arriving at the injection pump.

In certain countries, diesel fuel containing special additives is available which are suitable for temperatures even below -20°C (-4°F).

If winter diesel fuel is not available (or if it is available but the temperature is below -20°C (-4°F) kerosene (paraffin oil) may be added in the percentages indicated in the diagram.

1 = summer diesel fuel 2 = winter diesel fuel X = % of kerosene to be added Y = external temperature in °C.

Y +32

0

+23

-5

1

+14 - 10 + 5 - 15 2

- 4 - 20 - 13 - 25 - 22 - 30 °F

°C

0

10

20

30

40

50

60 %

X

Pour the kerosene into the tank first and then the fuel, only mixing the two liquids in the fuel tank.

For further information, contact your Dealer or fuel supplier.

DANGER: START THE ENGINE, WITH THE STARTER KEY, FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT ONLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINE BY SHORTING ACROSS THE STARTER TERMINALS. THE MACHINE WILL START IN GEAR IF THE NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT IS BYPASSED. THIS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO ANYONE IN THE VICINITY OF THE TRACTOR. ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE STARTER SOLENOID COVER IS ALWAYS IN POSITON.

31

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Emergency starting through auxiliary battery N.B.: The auxiliary battery might also be on another tractor; in any case, it is essential that it has the same rated voltage and the same number of elements as the discharged battery.

Make sure the two vehicles are not in contact.

Disconnect all battery-fed equipment through the proper controlling devices.

Shift into neutral position.

Make sure the discharged battery is properly earthed (grounded), its terminals are well tightened and the elctrolyte level is correct.

The following procedure should be observed: • Connect both batteries as shown in figure.

• If the auxiliary battery is on another tractor, it is first necessary to start this tractor by setting the engine to 1/4th of its idling speed.

• Start the tractor by means of the ignition key throughout the usual procedure.

If the engine does not start the first time, repeat same operation after 15 to 20 seconds, i.e. with stationary starter, up to 3-4 times. Should the engine not start once again, determine it is not due to engine's failure.

Battery connection through the suitable connecting cables A - Auxiliary battery B - Discharged battery

DANGER: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY TERMINALS CORRECTLY. DANGER OF SHORT-CIRCUIT!

32

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Control pedals

Control pedals 1 - Clutch control pedal

Clutch control pedal The clutch is operated by means of the pedal located to the left of the driver's seat. When disengaging the clutch the pedal must always be fully depressed and the engine r.p.m. Reduced. Other than for short periods such as gear changing the clutch must not be held depressed, always select "NEUTRAL" and engage the clutch.

When engaging the clutch , "IN GEAR", the pedal must be released smoothly and carefully without excessive engine speed to avoid excessive slippage. After clutch engagement the pedal must be fully released and must not be used as a "foot-rest". Incorrect clutch operation will result in excessive clutch wear.

CAUTION: DO NOT DISENGAGE THE CLUTCH AND/OR PUT THE GEAR IN “NEUTRAL” AFTER YOU HAVE STARTED DOWNHILL.

CAUTION: DO NOT REST YOUR FOOT ON CLUTCH PEDAL OR PARTIALLY DEPRESS CLUTCH PEDAL. PREMATURE CLUTCH WEAR WILL RESULT.

33

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

CAUTION: AVOID KEEPING THE CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED WHEN THE TRACTOR IS STATIONARY. SELECT NEUTRAL, EVEN WHEN STOPPING FOR BRIEF PERIODS.

Brake control pedals The tractor is equipped with hydrostatically controlled, oil-immersed disc brakes located on the rear halfshafts upstream of the final reduction units and in the 4WD hubs of the front wheels. The front and rear brakes are operated simultaneously by depressing the pedals.

If the connecting bolt is released, the right-hand brakes (front and rear) can be operated separately from the left-hand brakes.

WARNING: when travelling downhill, and particularly when towing an implement or trailer, avoid prolonged use of the brakes by selecting a low gear and using the braking action of the engine.

WARNING: ON TRAVELLING DOWNHILL FOR A LONG TIME, DO NOT USE CONTINOUSLY THE BRAKES, BUT USE ALSO THE ENGINE BRAKING POWER, BY SHIFTING INTO LOW GEARS.

WARNING: DO NOT USE A SEPARATE BRAKE PEDAL WHEN THE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK IS ENGAGED, AT HIGH SPEED, WHEN TOWING A TRAILER.

CAUTION: INSPECT PERIODICALLY THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL IN THE TANK. THE BRAKE FLUID TANK MUST BE ALWAYS FULL.

34

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Handbrake lever The handbrake operates independently of the service brakes and is applied by pulling up on the handbrake lever.

The handbrake warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate when the handbrake is applied.

Turn the lever anticlockwise to disconnect.

CAUTION: APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER THE ENGINE HAS STOPPED AND BEFORE LEAVING THE TRACTOR.

CAUTION: THE PARKING BRAKE SHOULD ALWAYS BE APPLIED WHEN TRACTOR IS PARKED OR LEFT UNATTENDED.

Accelerator pedal Pressing the pedal operates the injection pumps control rod.

35

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Gearbox The transmission comprises a 4- or 5-speed synchronized gearbox, with 2 or 3 speed ranges.

A shuttle, fitted as standard, allows forward or reverse travel to be selected in any of the ratios without changing gear.

The gearbox is supplied in the following configurations: –

16 FWD + 8 REV: 4 gears x 2 ranges + mini-reduction gearbox (underdrive) + shuttle

–

20 FWD + 10 REV: 5 gears x 2 ranges + mini-reduction + shuttle

–

30 FWD + 15 REV: 5 gears x 3 ranges + mini-reduction + shuttle

Forward-reversing gear lever 1 - Control lever

DANGER: USE ONLY APPROVED NON-FLAMMABLE, NON-TOXIC SOLVENTS FOR CLEANING PARTS. NEVER USE PETROL, SOLVENTS OR OTHER FLAMMABLE FLUIDS.

36

SECTION III •

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Gearshifting positions

Speed range Control

Gearshifting control

Reversing control

N. OF SPEED (F + RM)

16 + 8

20 + 10

30 + 15

NOTE: When working on steep gradients, take care to ensure that all moving parts receive adequate lubrication.

CAUTION: TRAVELLING ON ROAD, USE THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ONLY AND NOT THE HAND THROTTLE LEVER.

37

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Speed selection Before starting the engine depress the clutch pedal to make the engine starting possible.

Depress the clutch pedal and start the engine.

Select one of the 2 or 3 speed ranges at your disposal by means of the concerned lever and shift into the desired gear.

The speed choice depends a great deal on soil conditions, implement used, work to be performed, etc.

In any case, always avoid using a gear which result in engine overloading.

To check in a simple way if the engine is overloaded, it is suggested to carry out the following test: keep the hand throttle at 1/4th of its travel, then suddenly accelerate to maximum speed.

If the engine revs do not increase, but on the contrary decrease, this means the engine is overloaded, then shift into a lower gear.

To make a correct choice we suggest you to consult the graph in the thecnical data section.

Range selection levers 1 - Range selection levers

38

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Rear and front differential lock The differential lock should ONLY be used when on a straight path and before excessive wheel spin occurs.

The tractor is equipped with electro-hydraulic control: to engage the differential lock, push control butto which remains in position and will light up due to built-in pilot lamp.

Press button again to disengage the differential lock.

WARNING: DO NOT ENGAGE THE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK IN THE FOLLOWING SITUATIONS: ON TRAVELLING AT SPEED ABOVE 15 KM/H, ON STEERING, WHEN THE TWO BRAKE PEDALS ARE NOT LOCKED TOGETHER.

A special pilot lamp on the dashboard indicates the locking of the differentials.

N.B. - Absolutely do not engage the differential lock while a wheel is spinning excessively. In this case, depress clutch pedal before locking the differentials.

CAUTION: ONLY OPERATE THE SUPER-REDUCTION LEVER WHEN THE TRACTOR IS STATIONARY AND THE CLUTCH PEDAL IS FULLY DEPRESSED.

39

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Front-wheel drive Front-wheel drive allows for high work performance: during transportation on steep slopes, when working with difficult soil conditions or when a high draft effort is required.

Front wheel drive can only be engaged when the tractor is stationary.

In the case of models equipped with electro-hydraulic control, gear engagement is achieved by pressing the pushbutton (indicated in the figure on page 31) which locks in the depressed position with the integral indicator light on.

In the case of models equipped with mechanical control, gear engagement is achieved by operating the shift lever 1 located on the left of the driving seat.

NB: engagement is signalled by illumination of the indicator light on the dashboard, in the case of both the mechanical and electro-hydraulic control systems.

To disengage the gear, press the pushbutton a second time or, on models with mechanical control, move the shift lever to the disengagement position.

IMPORTANT - It is advised to use the front-wheel drive when performing transport operations on a road only if the tractor is subjected to a high draft effort. This is in order to prevent premature wear of the tires.

WARNING : Engagement and disengagement of the front-wheel drive can be done only when the tractor has stopped completely.

40

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

“SEPARATE BRAKES” valve This valve allows braking on the rear wheels only when the brake pedals are operated separately. This prevents skidding of the front wheel during separate braking and thus helps avoid damage to crops.

Braking on all four wheels When both pedals are linked together and operated simultaneously.

For transport, transfers between fields and when working on slopes.

Braking on the two inner wheels only For minimum turning radius in restricted spaces and to reduce time spent in headland manoeuvres.

Braking on rear inner wheel only For minimum turning radius on worked ground.

WARNING: BRAKE PEDALS MUST ALWAYS BE LOCKED TOGETHER WHEN TRAVELLING ON THE HIGHWAY. THIS WILL ENSURE UNIFORM BRAKING AND PROVIDE MAXIMUM STOPPING ABILITY. SHARP TURNS MUST ONLY BE MADE AT SLOW SPEEDS.

41

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Braking actions in the different valve positions

ON OFF

B b1

b2

b3

A B

Valve position Brake pedal b1 Left b2 Right b3 Linked ON Braking on one wheel OFF Braking on one side

Brake valve (on right-hand side under cab) 1 - Separate Brake Valve 2 - ON/OFF Control handle

42

A ON

OFF

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Power take-off WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE PTO AT ENGINE SPEED GREATER THAN RATED PTO RPM. DAMAGE TO IMPLEMENT AND PERSONAL INJURY COULD RESULT.

CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING PTO IMPLEMENTS SUCH AS ROTARY MOWERS, HAY BALERS, GRINDER-MIXER, ETC. THE IMPLEMENT SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH AN OVERRUNNING CLUTCH OR DAMAGE TO PTO BRAKE MAY OCCUR.

CAUTION: BEFORE DISMOUNTING, ALWAYS DISENGAGE THE P.T.O., LOWER ALL ATTACHMENTS AND IMPLEMENTS TO THE GROUND, ENGAGE PARKING BRAKE, SHUT OFF THE ENGINE, ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION) AND REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS CHOCK THE TRACTOR WHEELS.

DANGER: THE DRIVEN IMPLEMENTS COULD ROTATE FOR SOME TIME AFTER P.T.O. HAS BEEN DISENGAGED. PLEASE STOP THE TRACTOR ENGINE AND WAIT UNTIL ALL THE MOVING PARTS OF IMPLEMENT HAVE COME TO A COMPLETE STANDSTILL, BEFORE TO START ANY SERVICING OPERATION.

DANGER: KEEP PROTECTIVE SHIELD IN PLACE OVER PTO SHAFT AT ALL TIMES. ALWAYS DISENGAGE POWER TAKE-OFF AND STOP ENGINE BEFORE DISMOUNTING TRACTOR EXCEPT WHEN PERFORMING STATIONARY PTO OPERATIONS.

DANGER: BEFORE FITTING OR REMOVING THE IMPLEMENT DRIVE SHAFT, ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS APPLIED.

43

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

DANGER: AS SOON AS THE CARDAN SHAFT (SHAFT WITH UNIVERSAL JOINT(S)) IS REMOVED, ALWAYS INSTALL THE PTO OUTPUT SHAFT CUP.

DANGER: DO NOT CONNECT, DISCONNECT OR ADJUST PTO WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING.

CAUTION: AFTER ANY P.T.O. OPERATION, ENSURE THAT THE P.T.O. CLUTCH LEVER (OR PUSH BUTTON) IS DESENGAGED; THEN PUT IN “NEUTRAL” THE P.T.O. RPM SELECTOR DEVICE (540/1000, ECO, GROUND SPEED; IT’S DEPENDING FROM TRACTOR CONFIGURATION).

WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE ALWAYS ENSURE THAT PTO LEVER IS IN NEUTRAL POSITION. THIS CAN BE VERIFIED BY CHECKING THAT PTO INDICATOR LIGHT ON DASHBOARD IS NOT LIT WHEN IGNITION KEY IS TURNED TO POSITION 1. ENGINE WILL NOT ROTATE IF PTO IS IN THE ENGAGED POSITION.

DANGER: WHILE THE PTO IS IN OPERATION, NO-ONE MUST STAND IN THE VICINITY OF THE PTO OUTPUT SHAFT OR THE DRIVE SHAFT.

Rear power take-off (540/1000 r.p.m.)

The following power take-off packages are available: – 540 - 750 r.p.m.

– 540 - 1000 r.p.m.

– 540 - 750 - 1000 r.p.m.

The rear PTO clutch is operated by pressing the pushbutton indicated in the figure alongside, in the manner described on page 25.

44

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

N.B.: engagement is also signalled by the indicator light located on the instrument panel.

To disengage the clutch, press the pushbutton again as indicated on page .

To select the PTO speed, operate lever 1 (after having disengaged the hydraulic clutch) following the indications given on the adjacent plate; this lever has neutral positions between the 540/750-1000 rpm and synchro (groundspeed) positions.

WARNING: in addition to the above controls, the activation and deactivation of the synchro PTO is also subject to the position of the control indicated on page 25.

PTO speed selector lever 1 - 540/750/1000 and synchro PTO selector lever

CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING PTO DRIVEN EQUIPMENT OR WHEN TOWING HEAVY EQUIPMENT AT TRANSPORT SPEEDS, LOCK THE DRAWBAR IN ITS CENTER POSITION WITH RETAINING PINS AND ATTACH IMPLEMENT SAFETY CHAINS.

45

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Power take-off “ECONOMICAL 750 r.p.m.”

The tractor is equipped with an “ECONOMICAL” type, 750 r.p.m. P.T.O. With implements designed to operate at 540 r.p.m. and when working in not excessively heavy soil, it may be that less power than the maximum available is required.

In these cases, if the power absorbed by the implements is at least 10% lower than the maximum tractor power, the use of the “ECONOMICAL” type P.T.O. is recommended, since with a decisively lower engine r.p.m. the implemente revolution speed and work performances remain unchanged.

Rear PTO output shafts 1 -Gearbox oil level indicator 2 - 540/1000 rpm output shaft

CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING STATIONARY P.T.O. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT (FOR EXAMPLE WATER PUMP, ETC.), DO NOT LEAVE THE TRACTOR SEAT UNTIL ALL GEAR LEVERS ARE IN “NEUTRAL”, THE PARKING BRAKE IS FULLY ENGAGED, THE CAB DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY AND THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT WHEELS ARE CHOCKED.

46

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Synchro power take-off The synchro PTO uses the same output shaft as the 540-1000 rpm PTO. Engagement and disengagement of the groundpseed PTO is obtained by moving the lever 1 (figure on page 59 ) to the synchro position. In this position, the rotation speed of the PTO output shaft is directly proportional to the rotation speed of the rear wheels.

N.B. - When the control lever is set to the PTO synchro position, the corresponding indicator light on the instrument panel is switched on.

Command on the left of the driver 1 - SYNCRO P.T.O. control 2 - Parking brake lever

CAUTION: WHEN USING THE GROUNDSPEED PTO, REMEMBER THAT WHEN YOU DRIVE THE TRACTOR IN REVERSE GEAR, THE DIRECTION OF ROTATION OF THE PTO SHAFT WILL ALSO BE REVERSED. THEREFORE, WITH CERTAIN IMPLEMENTS IT IS ADVISABLE TO DISENGAGE THE PTO BEFORE ENGAGING REVERSE GEAR IN ORDER TO AVOID DAMAGING THE IMPLEMENT.

47

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Mechanical lift “LOAD SENSING” The power-lift assembly to control mounted, semi-mounted or towed implements, consists of an hydraulic unit that performs the following functions: • automatic implement position control; • automatic draft control; • mixed position and draft control; • float position; • automatic adjustment of implement lowering speed through «Valvematic»; • quick implement penetration; • hydraulic control of external implements.

WARNING: IF MORE THAN ONE PERSON IS INVOLVED ATTACHING AN IMPLEMENT, GREAT CARE MUST BE TAKEN. WHEN MAKING ANY ADJUSTMENT TO THE HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM, THE PERSON(S) IN THE AREA MUST STAND CLEAR. SERIOUS INJURY CAN RESULT BY BEING CRUSHED.

WARNING: THE IMPLEMENTS MUST ALWAYS BE LOWERED TO THE GROUND WHENEVER THE TRACTOR IS NOT OPERATING OR WHEN ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OPERATIONS ARE TO BE CARRIED OUT.

48

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Lift components (3-point linkage)

5

2

1

I cat. 460mm 18.12 in II cat. 510mm 20.10 in

7 3 CAT. C

6

PROFILO SAE 6B STANDARD

4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

- Lift cover - Top link - Lifting rod - Lower links - Lift arms - Levelling box - Sensor

WARNING: NEVER TOW IMPLEMENTS USING LOWER LINK ARMS. PULL ONLY FROM THE APPROVED DRAWBAR OR TOW HITCH. TOWING OR ATTACHING TO OTHER LOCATIONS MAY CAUSE THE TRACTOR TO OVERTURN.

49

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Controls The hydraulic power-lift control levers are grouped in the special console on the operator's right-hand side.

Mechanical commands on the right of the driver 1 - Implement raising/lowering control lever (yellow) 2 - Work depth control lever (green)

Lever with yellow knob: used for raising and lowering implement (sector part is yellow), for identifying desired working position, during controlled position duties and for mixed draft-position control (yellow and green sector).

The range of action of the yellow lever is also indicated by a blue sector «Float». The working range of the lever is controlled by adjustable stop, which allows the user to identify and maintain the same working position.

Lever with green knob: automatically controls the desired working depth in relation to the resistance met by the implement in the ground.

Its action range is indicated by the green sector with a numbering interval from 0 to 12, and by the red sector.

This lever is also provided with adjustable stop which limits the lever's travel in such a way that the same desired working depth can be obtained every time.

50

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Command lever sector

Max. controlled draft

LOWERING

Float

Control

Mixed contro

Min. controlled draft

Position

RAISING

Positions of the power-lift levers under the different working conditions •

Raising and lowering the implement

To raise the implement, pull the yellow lever backwards (in the yellow sector), until the desired height is achieved.

To lower the implement push the yellow lever forwards close to the limit of the yellow sector.

The green lever should be positioned on No. 12 of its own sector.

•

Transporting with raised implement

The yellow lever must be pulled backwards all the way.

The green lever must be placed on No. 12 of its own sector.

•

Working with position control (rotary harrows, cultivators, manure spreaders, etc.)

Place the green lever on No. 12 of its own sector.

Move the yellow lever along the yellow sector until the desired working position is reached, setting its travel with the adjustable stop screw to return on the next run to the same working position.

51

SECTION III •

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Working with draft control (ploughs, rippers, trenchers, etc.)

Place green lever on No. 4 or 5 of its own sector.

Pull yellow lever into blue sector marked with "FLOAT" so as to obtain quick implement penetration sinking into the ground.

Pull the yellow lever in the green sector to the edge of the blue sector.

Move the green lever forwards until the desired working depth is obtained, then lock it in place through the special adjustable stop screw so as to obtain the same working depth during successive runs.

At the end of the furrow to raise the implement from the ground pull the yellow lever fully backwards against its stop. When starting a new furrow push the yellow lever into blue sector "FLOAT" and leave it there until the implement has attained the desired working depth, after which immediately move it back into green sector.

•

Working with surface and underground implements with simultaneous draft and position control - Mix control

When working with soil of variable conditions, to prevent the implement from sinking more than necessary in terrains of minor consistency, the power-lift control levers should be positioned in such a way to obtain both implement effort and position control.

For mixed control, start work and position the levers as described in "draft control work", then move the yellow lever backwards along the sector (yellow and green) until lifting commences; move the lever slightly forward again (1-2 mm / 0.0394-0.0788 in) to immobilise the implement in position.

•

Working with float position (e.g. sowing machine)

When the implement is to follow the ground contours, push the yellow lever in the blue sector (FLOAT).

The green lever may be in any of the positions included between No. 6 and No. 12 of its own sector.

At the beginning and end of each row act only on the yellow lever to raise and lower the implement .

52

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

NOTE - The implements must always be lowered to the ground whenever the tractor is not operating or when adjustment, maintenance or repair operations are to be carried out.

Power-lift and auxiliary distributors.

1 2 3 4 5

- Hydraulic power-lift - Oil filler plug (for gearbox, power-lift and hydraulic systems) - Draft control rod - Power-lift’s hydraulic distributor - Auxiliary hydraulic plugs

Adjustment of the stabilisers The telescopic stabilisers serve to prevent or limit transverse oscillation of the implement – Turn clockwise to reduce the length.

– Turn counter-clockwise to increase the length.

WARNING: DO NOT STAND, OR ALLOW ANYONE ELSE TO STAND, BETWEEN THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, THE LOWEST GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND ALL ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

53

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Three-Point hitch

Rear view of tractor 1 - Top link 2 - Left-hand lift rod (mechanically adjustable) 3 - Grease nipple 4 - Left-hand lower link 5 - Stabilizer 6 - Left-hand quick-hitch coupler 7 - Right-hand lower link 8 - Right-hand quick-hitch coupler 9 - Towing hitch 10 - Grease nipple for towing hitch height adjuster 11 - Right-hand lift rod (hydraulically adjustable) 12 - Hydraulic lift rod adjuster (optional).

NOTE: When adjusting the length of the top link of the 3-point hitch, take care that it does not come apart and ensure that a sufficient length of the threaded end of the turnbuckle is screwed into the turnbuckle housing to withstand the tractive force applied when working.

WARNING: HITCHING TO THE REAR AXLE, OR ANY OTHER POINT ABOVE THE SWINGING DRAWBAR, CAN CAUSE A REAR OVERTURN.

54

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

The 3-point linkage is used to attach implements to the hydraulic lift.

When properly adjusted, it is suitable for the attachment of class I and class II implements.

The ends of the lower lift arms and the top link are fitted with quick-hitch couplings.

The ends of the lifting rods feature slots that allow wide implements to adapt to uneven ground.

The lengths of the top link and the lifting rods are adjusted by way of threaded sleeves fitted with handles for easy operation.

Lifting rod adjustment Used to vary the implement’s transversal inclination.

Rotate the handle on the links clockwise to shorten its and counterclockwise to lengthen its.

There are two types of lower link • with fixed end; • with automatic end couplings with removable swivel ball (for platform or cab tractors only).

Top link adjustment The length of the top link (or 3rd implement hitching point) can be adjusted to give the implement a suitable angle of incidence with respect to ground level.

WARNING: WHEN OPERATING THE LIFT CONTROLS, STAND WELL CLEAR OF THE OPERATING RADIUS OF THE LIFT ARMS AND ANY ATTACHED IMPLEMENTS. THIS IS TO AVOID THE RISK OF INJURY IN THE CASE OF INCORRECT MANOEUVRES.

CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ANY IMPLEMENTS ATTACHED TO THE TRACTOR DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOADS INDICATED BY THE MANUFACTURER.

By shortening the top link, the ground incidence increases, while lengthening it decreases the incidence.

As a rule, with lower links in horizontal position, the top link’s rear part should slant upwards.

The distance between lower links and top link should never be lower than 510 mm (20 in) for class II version, 460 mm (18,1 in) for class I version.

The top link can be fitted with a fixed ball or quick-hitch coupler (optional).

55

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Adjustment of the telescopic stabilisers The telescopic stabilisers serve to prevent or limit side movement (transverse oscillation) of the implement.

The stabilisers must be adjusted without free play (lock pin inserted in hole A), when transporting implements and when working with grader blades, scraper blades, rollers, mowers, seed drills augers and similar implements.

The stabilisers must be adjusted with a little free play (lock pin inserted in hole B), when working with with ploughs, harrows, cultivators and similiar implements, or when working in draft control mode.

To adjust the length of the stabilisers, remove the lock pin and turn the threaded coupling sleeve.

To turn the coupling sleeve more easily, insert a rod in the centre hole (position C ).

A

B

C

Never tow implements by hitching them to the top link.

WARNING: NEVER ENTER THE AREA BETWEEN THE TRACTOR AND THE IMPLEMENT WHEN THE TRACTOR IS IN MOTION. ALWAYS LOWER THE IMPLEMENT WHEN THE TRACTOR IS STATIONARY.

56

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Three point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers with hydraulic adjustment (Optional)

Tractor rear view 1 - Lifting arm 2 - Adjustment hydraulic right rod 3 - Lever lower hitching point 4 - Top link 5 - Selection P.T.O. manual control

The adjustable rod consist of a dual-acting hydraulic cylinder.

The hydraulic adjustment system is connected to the ports of the rear hydraulic control valve and is operated by way of control lever n° 3.

In addition, when the hydraulic distributor is in FLOAT position, all those works requiring the implement to freely follow the terrain contours can be easily performed.

57

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Hydraulic adjustments of links for implements inclination when working on steep ground.

58

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve The auxiliary hydraulic services control valve enables the control of external implements with hydraulic rams and motors, meeting the operating requirements for all applications.

WARNING: CONTROL LEVER MUST BE MECHANICALLY RETURNED TO THE NEUTRAL POSITION ONCE THE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS TRAVEL. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT BEING PLACED UNDER A STRAIN WHICH COULD RESULT IN OVERHEATING OF HYDRAULICS AND DAMAGE TO TRACTOR HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS AND/OR IMPLEMENT.

WARNING: HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENTRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. LOOSEN CONNECTIONS SLOWLY, KEEPING HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF LOOSENED FITTINGS. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO LOCATE LEAKS, DO NOT USE YOUR FINGERS OR HANDS. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY FULID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.

59

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Nomenclature Directional control valve: A valve that can be operated to control the flow of oil from a pressurised circuit to an outlet port. There are three main types of directional control valve: SINGLE-ACTING (no longer used), DOUBLE-ACTING and DOUBLE/SINGLE-ACTING. Double-acting control valve: Neutro

1 0 2 Abbassamento

Sollevamento

When the control lever is moved in one direction, the control valve spool shifts to allow pressurised oil to flow out through one port and return through a second port. When the control lever is moved in the opposite direction, the direction of flow is reversed. The control lever has 3 positions: pressure port 1, neutral 0, pressure port 2.

Double/single-acting control valve: This valve is like the double-acting valve described above, but can be converted into a single-acting valve by way of a screw. When operating in single-acting mode, the valve is connected to the implement by a single hose connected to the pressure port 1; this hose serves as both the pressure and return line (when the control lever is in the “return” position). The control lever still has 3 positions: pressure 1, neutral 0 and return.

Double/ single acting

Kick-out

60

Detent +N.R.

FLOAT

A

Conversion to single-acting Turn the screw A to one port of the control valve which is permanently connected to the tank return line, so that the other port may be used for both pressure and return.

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

DETENT device: Mechanical detent that engages the control valve spool when it is moved to a certain position at the end of its stroke. The spool can only be released manually by operating the control lever.

If the spool is not equipped with a DETENT, the control lever will always return to the centre position (NEUTRAL) when released by the operator

1

0

2 Detent

KICK-OUT device: Mechanical detent that engages the control valve spool when it is moved to a certain position at the end of its stroke. The spool is released automatically when the pressure reaches the spring calibration value (about 130 bar - 1885.52 psi). The control lever automatically returns to the neutral position.

1

0

Kick-out 2

FLOAT device: Device that allows the two ports to be connected simultaneously to the tank return line, thereby allowing the implement to move up and down and follow the contours of the terrain.

The control lever has four positions: pressure 1, neutral 0, pressure 2, Float.

1

0

2

Float

61

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION Non-return valve (check valve):

NR

1

0

2

Mechanically operated check valve that prevents leakage past the control valve spool and thus undesired operating of the hydraulic rams.

FLOW DIVIDER:

Flow divider

Allows the oil flow rate to be set, independently of the pressure, in a certain port of the double-acting control valve.

WARNING: DO NOT STAND OR PASS UNDER HYDRAULICALLY LIFTED LOADS.

62

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Types of auxiliary hydraulic service control valve

The double-acting auxiliary hydraulic distributor enables operation with external, hydraulically operated implements.

The controls consist in 2 or 3 handles located on the driver’s right or under the steering wheel. These levers are equipped with locking controls; turn the control outwards to lock the levers in position, and turn inwards to release them.

Auxiliary hydraulic distributors • Version 1 : 4 - ways (2-ways double-acting and 2 ways double-acting changeable into single-acting and equipped with “detent”) • Version 2 : 6 - ways (2-ways double-acting changeable into single-acting and equipped with “detent” - 2-ways double-acting changeable into single-acting and equipped with KICK-OUT 2-ways double-acting equipped with FLOAT) N.B: operation of the auxiliary control valve excludes operation of the hydraulic lift (with the exception of the “FLOAT” position).

WARNING: Move the control lever to neutral position as soon as the outer hydraulic cylinder completes its travel to avoid holding the peak pressure inside the hydraulic circuit for long, thus avoiding dangerous strains.

The levers should always stay in neutral position whenever the hydraulic distributor is not being used.

63

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION The controls

Fig. 1 - Control levers

The manual controls of the auxiliary services control valve consist of two control levers for the 4-way; three levers for the 6-way.

These control levers are located to the right of the driver and have three positions. Only the double-acting control valves with a FLOAT position has a total of four positions.

1

E

2 3

A - Oil pressure for cylinder extension B - Return oil C - Control levers assembly D - Hydraulic control valve E - Rear hydraulic couplers

B

C 1

2

A

3 3

2

D

1

Fig. 2 - Correspondence between the control levers and the hydraulic couplers

64

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

The control levers and their corresponding rear hydraulic couplers are numbered (from 1 to 3 in the case of 6-way control valves) for easy identification.

For double-acting control valves: If the control lever is pulled back (control lever number on RED background), oil is sent under pressure to the left service coupler with the same number (RED background). The oil returning from the implement ram can drain to tank through the right service coupler with the same number (YELLOW background).

If the control lever is pushed forward (control lever number on YELLOW background) oil is sent under pressure to the right service coupler with the same number (YELLOW background). The oil returning from the implement ram can drain to tank through the left service coupler with the same number (RED background).

65

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Behaviour of the oil flow in the hydraulic circuit connecting the couplers and the actuator cylinders on the implement.

A

B

A - Oil pressure to cylinder - LIFTING B - Oil pressure to cylinder – LOWERING

WARNING: DURING THE IMPLEMENT HITCHING AND UNHITCHING OPERATIONS GREAT CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ADVOID SERIOUS INJURY TO YOURSELF AND OTHERS. WHENEVER USING SUPPORTS FOR THE IMPLEMENT, MAKE SURE THEY ARE SUITABLE AND SUFFICIENTLY STRONG. NEVER USE CONCRETE BLOCKS, BRICKS OR WOOD FOR SUPPORT. THEY CAN COLLAPSE EVEN UNDER LIGHT LOADS. DON’T ALLOW PEOPLE TO STAY NEARLY.

66

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Example connection and operation of a double-acting cylinder

WARNING: DIESEL FUEL OR HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID LEAKS, UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO FIND LEAKS. DO NOT USE YOUR BARE HAND. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY FLUID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, IT MUST BE SURGICALLY REMOVED WITHIN A FEW HOURS BY A DOCTOR FAMILIAR WITH THIS TYPE OF INJURY.

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

As mentioned previously, each lever will have 3 or 4 positions:

• • • •

UP NEUTRAL DOWN FLOAT (Only for double-acting valves with FLOAT position)

Fig. 3 - Direction of oil flow with control lever in lifting position - RED The control lever will only stay in position when released if the control valve is equipped with the DETENT or KICK-OUT device. Otherwise the lever will be returned to neutral position by a spring.

• • •

NEUTRAL: move the control lever to its INTERMEDIATE POSITION to shut off the oil flows both to and returning from the lifting cylinder.

LIFTING: move the control lever BACK to extend the cylinder and raise the implement.

LOWERING: move the control lever FORWARD to retract the cylinder and lower the implement. In the case of a double-acting control valve, the implement lowering action is controlled hydraulically, while in the case of a single-acting valve the lowering action is determined by gravity and the return flow of oil.

•

Fig. 4 - Control lever in FLOAT position

68

FLOAT: move the control lever forward beyond the lowering position to the float position to allow the cylinder to extend or retract freely and thus allow the implement to follow the contours of the terrain.

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

In the case of diggers, shovels and loaders, moving the control lever to the float position will allow the cylinder to move freely and thus the bucket to follow the contours of the terrain.

N.B.: float position may also be used to lower the tipping body of a trailer when the ram is operated as a single-acting cylinder. In this case it is essential that the control valve is first converted to single-acting.

IMPORTANT: In the case of control valves not equipped with a Kick-out valve, do not continue to hold the control lever in position when the implement cylinder has reached the end of its stroke in order to avoid prolonged operation of the pressure relief valve. This could cause the oil to overheat and cause damage to the hydraulic system and transmission.

N.B.: on our tractors, the auxiliary services and the hydraulic lift are supplied by the same hydraulic circuit. Therefore it is not possible to operate the auxiliary service control valve and the lift simultaneously.

DANGER: ON CONNECTING THE HYDRAULIC LINES OF THE IMPLEMENT TO THE HYDRAULIC LINES OF THE TRACTOR, ALWAYS FOLLOW CAREFULLY THE INSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE TRACTORS DECALS OR DESCRIBED INSIDE THIS MANUAL. WRONG CONNECTIONS OF THE HYDRAULIC LINES BETWEEN IMPLEMENT AND TRACTOR COULD CAUSE UNEXPECTED MOUVEMENTS IN THE IMPLEMENTS, WITH SERIOUS RISK OF PERSONAL INJURY.

69

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Connection of an implement to the auxiliary hydraulic service couplers

G=1/2

N.B. - the hydraulic couplers have 1/2” female fittings that allow connection under pressure of the male fitting on the implement hose. The couplers are also designed to disconnect automatically if accidentally jerked.

Fig. 5 - Hydraulic services connections

IMPORTANT : check that connection hoses are of sufficient length to allow unimpeded manoeuvring of the tractor and implement.

To disconnect the hose, return the distributor’s controls to neutral position to release any residual pressure from the system, then pull the hose off.

Fig. 6 - Disconnecting a hose from the hydraulic coupler

WARNING: KEEP THE TRACTOR LOCKED, USING A CHOCK, WHEN PARKING ON SLEEP GROUND, REPAIRING OR MAINTENANCE OPERATING.

DANGER: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO UNPLUG THE HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS, OR ADJUST AN IMPLEMENT WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING OR THE P.T.O. DRIVE IN OPERATION. TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN VERY SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

70

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

WARNING

Fig. 7 - Protection of the hydraulic service couplers

Clean the rubber covers carefully and insert them in the couplers.

NOTE: The hydraulic coupler fittings must be kept clean and fitted with their protective caps.

NOTE: Make sure that different types of oil are never mixed. Ensure the utmost cleanliness when making the hydraulic coupling between the implement and tractor. Cover any couplers not in use with their protective caps.

71

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Fig. 8 - Checking the transmission oil level

CAUTION: Before connecting implement hoses to the service couplers, stop the engine and check that the connection fittings are clean. After having connected the hoses and started the engine, check that the hydraulic system is functioning correctly.

Then, after having operated the cylinders a few times to equalise the pressure (moving the control lever to the lowering position, then to the lifting position and then back to neutral), check the transmission oil level (circular gauge A, fig. 8) with the cylinders both extended (lifting), and retracted (lowering). The transmission oil should never be allowed to fall below the minimum level (with cylinders extended) and should not ever greatly exceed the maximum level, as the same oil supplies both the external hydraulic services and the transmission.

NOTE: using the tractor with too little oil in the gearbox can cause serious damage.

Fig. 9 - Transmission oil filler plug

72

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

In the case of a single-acting control valve: Moving the control lever back (control lever number on RED background) directs oil pressure to the upper service coupler with the same number also on a RED background.

4

Fig. 10 - Control lever in lifting position

4

3

Moving the control lever forwards (control lever number on YELLOW background) the oil returning from the cylinder on the implement can drain to tank through the upper service coupler with the same number on a RED background.

Converting a control valve from double-acting to single-acting

Turn the screws A on the control valve approximately 3 turns in a clockwise direction to convert the control valve from double- to single-acting operation and turn the screws back to restore double-acting operation.

A

Fig. 11 - Conversion of double/ single acting control valve

73

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder (Trailer with hydraulic tipping)

A

Note: hose A must be connected to an upper service coupler. To raise the trailer, move the control lever back (control lever number on RED background)

WARNING: always return the control lever to the neutral position as soon as the external cylinder reaches the end of its stroke, in order to avoid maintaining maximum pressure in the circuit for too long and thus causing potentially dangerous stresses within the system.

To lower the trailer, move the control lever forward (control lever number on YELLOW background)

74

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

FLOW DIVIDER

The 8-way control valve has a FLOW DIVIDER control knob A, by which you can adjust the oil flow rate between 8 and 60 l/min (2.1-15.8 US gal) at the 2 ways of the spool B equipped with the KICKOUT device.

Fig. 12 - FLOW DIVIDER knob

This adjustment determines the speed of a cylinder operated by the control valve.

Turning the knob counterclockwise (+) increases the oil flow rate.

Turning the knob clockwise (-) reduces the oil flow rate.

NB: even when the knob is turned fully clockwise (-) there will still be a flow of 8 l/min (2.11 U.S. gal).

IMPORTANT: if the oil flow rate is increased at the control valve equipped with the FLOW DIVIDER, there will be a consequent reduction in the flow rate at the other control valves.

75

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Operation of hydraulic devices that require a constant flow of oil (e.g. hydraulic motors)

These devices must be operated using a double-acting control valve equipped with a KICK-OUT device (or DETENT).

The connection must be made by connecting the pressure line A to the corresponding lower service coupler for the control valve, while the return line B must be connected to the upper service coupler.

The motor is operated by pushing the control lever forward (lowering position - YELLOW).

To stop the oil flow, first move the control lever to the FLOAT position, until the motor has slowed down and come to a complete stop. Then move the control lever to the neutral position.

WARNING: to stop a motor, do not move the control lever immediately to the neutral position, as the back pressure generated could damage the hoses if the motor is not equipped with safety valves.

Use the control valve with FLOW DIVIDER to regulate the oil flow rate to obtain the required speed of the hydraulic motor.

Fit an oil temperature sensor and, if necessary, an oil cooler.

The maximum permissible temperature is 110°C (230°F).

76

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Class “A” drawbar (optional) Swinging drawbar of the type commonly used for towing agricultural implements, for trailers with more than one axle and consequently with low vertical load.

To facilitate trailer attachment, the drawbar consists of a swinging bar with horizontal adjustment.

•

•

The drawbar is normally attached to the tractor under the transmission case using the middle hole (A) of three holes in the end of the bar.

The bar can also be inverted to adjust the height from the ground.

To adjust the horizontal position of the bar, remove pins B, move the bar to the required position, and then replace the pins.

WARNING: NEVER ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE DRAWBAR OR THE LOWER LIFT ARMS WHEN THE TRACTOR IS IN MOTION.

77

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Towing hitch The towing hitch is used for towing agricultural implements and road-going trailers with one or more axles.

Various types of towing hook are available on request, depending on the national market.

To facilitate trailer attachment, the towing hitch can be fixed at different heights from the ground.

N.B. - the maximum permissible hitch load (for single-axle trailers), the maximum permisible hitch height for road use (for trailers with one or more axles) and the maximum trailed load are indicated in the tractor registration document.

Any problems resulting from failure to observe these operating limits shall be responsibility of the user.

CAUTION: ALL IMPLEMENTS MOUNTED TO THE TRACTOR MUST BE SAFELY ATTACHED.

DANGER: BE SURE EVERYONE IS CLEAR OF THREE POINT HITCH BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. LOWER THREE POINT HITCH AND STOP ENGINE BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS.

WARNING: A FRONT-END LOADER (BUCKET OR FORKS) MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A SUITABLE RESTRAINING DEVICE TO PREVENT THE LOAD (BALES, FENCE POSTS, ROLLS OF FENCE, WIRE ETC.) FROM ROLLING DOWN THE LIFT ARMS INTO THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT AND CRUSHING THE DRIVER WHEN THE LOADER IS RAISED. INADEQUATELY SECURED OBJECTS COULD ALSO FALL AND INJURE BYSTANDERS.

78

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Class “C” towing hitch The class “C” towing hitch is fixed to the support brackets by two lock pins.

To alter the height of the hitch, remove the pins and re-insert them in the required position.

CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE FRONT HITCH FOR TOWING EQUIPMENTS. IT’S FOR EMERGENCY ONLY.

CAUTION: WEIGHT OF TOWED EQUIPMENT, WITHOUT BRAKES, SHOULD NOT EXCEED WEIGHT OF TRACTOR.

79

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Class “C” towing hitch with automatic height adjustment The advantage of this type of towing hitch is that it is extremely easy to adjust its height.

• •

Pull lock pin B out while gripping and pulling handle A upwards to disengage the pins from the guides.

Release the handle so that the pins engage the required locations.

Alternatively, these hitches can be equipped with a height adjustment device. These are adjusted as follows: • •

Pull lock pin B while pulling handle A upwards to disengage the pins from the guides.

Release the handle so that the pins engage the required locations in the guides.

These types of hitch are used for towing trailers equipped with hydraulic or pneumatic braking systems.

80

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Class “D" and ”D2" towing hitches These towing hitches are available in two versions: • D2 - Approved for towing trailers with total weights of up to 14000 kg (30.864 lb) and which can exert a vertical load on the hitch of up to 2000 kg (4.409 lb).

• D - Approved for towing special trailers with total weights of up to 12000 kg (26.455 lb) and which can exert a vertical load on the hitch of up to 0 kg (0 lb).

Both hitches can be fixed to the support brackets by inserting 2 pins A in the required position after having removed pins B.

81

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Cramer towing hitch This hitch, only used in certain markets, is attached to the rear of the transmission case.

It is available in two versions: with 32 mm (1.26 in) diameter lock pin hole or with 38 mm (1.49 in) diameter hole.

The height can be adjusted by operating lever A (moving it to the right) and moving the hitch to the required position.

On releasing the lever A, pins B will engage the corresponding locations to secure the hitch in position.

WARNING: ON TOWING TRAILERS, BEFORE LEAVING THE DRIVING POSITION, REMEMBER TO PUT ALL CONTROLS IN NEUTRAL, TO APPLY THE HANDBRAKE, TO SWITCH OFF THE ENGINE, TO ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION) AND TO REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS CHOCK BOTH TRACTOR AND TRAILER WHEELS.

CAUTION: WHEN TRANSPORTING HEAVY LOADS (EXCEEDING THE TRACTOR’S WEIGHT) REDUCE THE SPEED TO UNDER 15 KM/H (9.5 MPH).

82

SECTION III

Towing hitch “GRASSI”

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

with

automatic

height

adjustment

The advantage of this type of towing hitch over the previous type is that it is extremely easy to adjust its height.

•

Pull lock pin B out while gripping and pulling handle A upwards to disengage the pins from the guides.

•

Release the handle so that the pins engage the required locations.

WARNING: AN UNBALANCED TRACTOR COULD OVERTURN AND CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. MAKE SURE FRONT FRAME COUNTERWEIGHTS, WHEEL WEIGHTS AND WHEEL BALLAST ARE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ADD EXTRA COUNTERWEIGHTS TO COMPENSATE FOR AN OVERLOADED TRACTOR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE LOAD. KEEP ALL PARTS OF YOUR BODY INSIDE THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT WHILE OPERATING THE TRACTOR.

83

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Category 2 rear drawbar

This bar is connected to the lift links and can be useful when working with certain particular types of implements.

28.5 mm 1.12 in

973 mm 38.34 in

Front towing hitch

WARNING: NEVER TOW IMPLEMENTS BY ATTACHING THEN TO UPPER LINK OR UPPER LINK SUPPORT ONLY. THIS COULD IN SOME CASES RESULT IN REAR OVERTURN.

CAUTION: WHEN HITCHING AN IMPLEMENT TO DRAWBAR, ALWAYS SECURE HITCH PIN WITH A SAFETY PIN AND ATTACH IMPLEMENT SAFETY CHAINS.

84

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE OR OBSCURE DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS. REPLACE ANY DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS THAT ARE NOT READABLE OR ARE MISSING. REPLACEMENT DECALS ARE AVAILABLE FROM YOUR DEALER IN THE EVENT OF LOSS OR DAMAGE. THE ACTUAL LOCATION AND ORDERING CODE OF THESE SAFETY DECALS IS ILLUSTRATED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION. WHEN YOU REPLACE A PART THAT CARRIES A SAFETY LABEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE SAME LABEL IS APPLIED TO THE NEW PART. DO NOT USE FUEL OR SOLVENTS ETC. TO CLEAN SAFETY LABELS. USE A CLEAN CLOTH DAMPED IN SOAPY WATER.

DANGER: FLUIDS THAT ARE UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE HUMAN TISSUE CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY. IT IS RECOMMENDED TO ALWAYS STOP THE ENGINE AND RELIEVE THE PRESSURE BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING LINES.

WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK, PANEL OR GUARDS MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FOR CLARITY. NEVER OPERATE THE TRACTOR WITHOUT THESE COMPONENTS IN POSITION. IF THE REMOVAL OF PANEL OR GUARDS IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A REPAIR, THEY MUST BE REPLACED BEFORE OPERATION.

WARNING: YOUR TRACTOR IS A ONE-PERSON MACHINE. DO NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR THE IMPLEMENT. IN SOME TERRITORIES A PASSENGER SEAT MUST BE FITTED TO CARRY PASSENGERS. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE IMPLEMENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRAILERS, EXCEPT ON CERTAIN HARVESTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR RIDERS DURING THE ACTUAL HARVEST OPERATION ONLY (NOT DURING TRANSPORT). SUCH EQUIPMENT MUST HAVE PROVISION FOR A SAFE RIDING AREA. DO NOT ALLOW CHILDREN ON THE TRACTOR.

85

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Body The hood tilts up to allow easy access to the engine for servicing.

Opening the engine hood

To gain access to the engine, the hood must be released initially by pulling back the catch; this done, lift the front end of the hood and position the stay rod.

CAUTION: In the event of the hood catch release cable breaking, the hood can be opened by inserting a screwdriver between the hood and the hardnose so that the tip locates against the catch bracket.

Pushing with the screwdriver to the left (in relation to the driving position), the catch will be released.

Closing the engine hood To close the hood, replace the support strut in its retainer, lower the hood and press firmly on the top to engage the catch.

86

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

CAUTION: WHEN USING CHEMICALS, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE CHEMICAL MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL. ALSO FOLLOW THE CHEMICAL APPLICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.

WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR HAS TO OPERATE IN AREAS WITH RISK OF FALLING OBJECTS (LIKE IN MINES, ETC.), WHERE A FOPS IS REQUIRED, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT YOUR TRACTOR, EQUIPPED WITH ROPS SAFETY STRUCTURE (FRAME OR CAB), IS NOT ALLOWED TO OPERATE IN THOSE AREAS.

WARNING: DO NOT DRIVE WHERE TRACTOR COULD SLIP OR TIP.

WARNING: FLUIDS THAT FACILITATE ENGINE STARTING ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. WHEN USING THEM, KEEP AWAY FROM SPARK SOURCES (BATTERIES, CONNECTORS, ETC). THESE FLUIDS SHOULD BE KEPT IN COOL AREAS AND THE CONTAINERS PROPERLY STORED.

87

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Safety frame The safety roll bar can be tilted forwards.

Remove the pin from hole A and tilt the safety roll bar forwards.

Secure the roll bar in the folded position by inserting the pin in hole B

The safety roll bar should only be folded forwards when absolutely necessary to carry out specialised tasks.

NOTE: carry out these steps in reverse order to return the roll bar to the upright position.

IMPORTANT: when the roll bar is tilted forwards, operator safety in the event of the tractor turning over is significantly impaired; it is therefore vital that the all tractor manoeuvres are carried out with extreme caution when the roll bar is tilted forwards. Only operate the tractor with the roll bar tilted forwards when absolutely necessary and never in any circumstances drive the tractor on the road in this condition.

WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR IS EQUIPPED WITH A FOLD DOWN ROPS, DO NOT WEAR SEAT BELT WHEN THE ROPS IS IN THE FOLDED DOWN POSITION FOR A SPECIFIC OPERATION. WEAR SEAT BELT AGAIN WHEN THE ROPS IS ERECTED.

88

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

Hazard warning sign (optional) The triangle may be positioned between the battery and the driving seat.

Tool box

It is positioned on the left side of the tractor behind the access steps.

Wheel chock (optional) The wheel chock is located on the rear right-hand fender.

The wheel chock must be used in the following situations: - when the tractor is parked on a slope - when carrying out repairs or maintenance.

89

SECTION III

OPERATING CONTROLS AND INSTRUCTION

DANGER: DO NOT WELD, DRILL, BEND OR MODIFY THE ROPS OR THE CABIN. TO DO SO REDUCES THE PROTECTION IT OFFERS.

WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO CARRY OUT ANY MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ON THE TRACTOR OR AN ATTACHED IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF, THE GEARBOX IS IN NEUTRAL, THE PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED AND ANY ATTACHED IMPLEMENT IS LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

WARNING: REDUCE YOUR SPEED, ENGAGING A LOWER GEAR, WHEN TRAVEL DOWNHILL OR OVER ROUGH GROUND AND BEFORE TO TURN.

CAUTION: ON TRAVELLING ON THE PUBBLIC ROAD WITH FRONT IMPLEMENTS, IF THE VISIBILITY IS NOT ENOUGH (TRAFFIC LIGHTS COVERED BY THE ATTACHED IMPLEMENT), PLEASE SWITCH ON THE WORKING LIGHTS.

90

SECTION IV

WHEELS

SECTION 4 - Wheels Track adjustment Tracks are adjusted to match the tractor to different row spacings and implements, e.g. Ploughs. Tractors are delivered with disc wheels – non-track-adjusting – or track-adjusting wheels – at option. Depending on the size of the tires, you can choose among up to eight different track widths. Furthermore, bear in mind the international ruling providing that the distance between the outer edge of the illuminated face of direction indicators, position lights, tail lights and top rear reflectors and the outer edge of the tires should not exceed 400 mm (15.76 in). Any maximum track widths which may be specified in the vehicle registration papers for the travelling on public lanes and roads must not be exceeded.

CAUTION: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY OPERATIONS, READ THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY DURING OPERATION OF THE TRACTOR.

After any adjustment to the track width and whenever changing the wheels, tighten the nuts and bolts to the following required tightening torques: - Bolts securing rim to wheel hub (M18x1.5) 36.8 kgm (360 Nm) (265 lbs-ft); - Bolts securing rim to wheel hub (M16x1.5) 23 kgm (225.63 Nm) (166.36 lbs-ft); - Bolts securing rear wheel rim to flange (M18x1.5) 36.8 kgm (360 Nm) (265 lbs-ft); - Bolts securing rear wheel rim to halfshaft (M18x1.5) 29.5 kgm (284.49 Nm) (213.37 lbs-ft);

After 20 hours of work, all the nuts and bolts fixing the front and rear wheels have to be retightened to the previous torques. Before changing the wheels, ensure that the tractor cannot move and use suitable supports.

Seating the tyre on the rim using compressed air: ensure that the air line extension between the valve and the person inflating the tyre is of sufficient length to allow the person to stand by the side of the tyre rather than in front of it. This operation should be carried out by specially trained ersonnel only.

WARNING: FOR WHEELS DISASSEMBLING AND FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, LIFT THE TRACTOR, USING SPECIFIC TOOLS ONLY.

91

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Tyre inflation pressures

– –

Tyres for front 4WD: 1.6 bar (23.21 psi) Rear tyres: 1.3 bar (18.86 psi)

For the tyre bead to seat correctly on the rim, the inflation pressure must never exceed 5 bar (72.52 psi). Higher inflations pressures may cause the tyre/rim to explode.

We recommend the use of metal safety cages or tyre restraint bars when carrying out operations that require tyre inflation pressures above the values for normal use.

WARNING: FOR THE TYRE BEAD TO SEAT CORRECTLY ON THE RIM, THE INFLATION PRESSURE MUST NEVER EXCEED 5 BAR (72 PSI).

HIGHER INFLATIONS PRESSURES MAY CAUSE THE TYRE/RIM TO EXPLODE. WE RECOMMEND THE USE OF METAL SAFETY CAGES OR TYRE RESTRAINT BARS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES ABOVE THE VALUES FOR NORMAL USE.

IMPORTANT - When working on agricultural land in conditions requiring maximum grip, the rear tyre inflation pressure may be reduced to a minimum of 0.8 bar (11.60 psi). The normal inflation pressures for front and rear tyres are those reported in the specifications table. These values may be reduced proportionally to the permitted limits when necessary to ensure a correct mechanical match between the front and rear wheels.

Narrow track – at rear Depending on the given tire size, not all of the shown track widths are suitable for your tractor, as tire and fender may interfere. When selecting the track width, make sure that there is adequate clearance between fender and tire.

– at front If you combine a narrow front axle track width with wide tires, watch out that this does not block too much the steer angle. Check the distance between engine hood and fenders. For this purpose, turn front wheels against lock, then move front wheels up and down and let axle swing.

92

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Width of the front axle (without wheels) for tractor 4WD

1296 mm 51.06 in

X

Mechanical ratio (front wheel revolutions / rear wheel revolution) 30 Km/h 40 Km/h (18.6 mph) (24.8 mph) AGROLUX F50 - F60 - F70 - F80 1.4824 1.4797

Width of rear axle (without wheels) 1221 mm 48.11 in

X

Row crop tires When changing the tractor over to row crop (bar tread) tires, observe load rating and speed limits!

Given the tremendous variety of tyres available, always ask your nearest dealer for information on alternative tyres and data on homologation, capacity, pressure, track, etc..

93

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Running direction of tires Tyres must always be fitted so that the tread pattern is oriented correctly with respect to the direction of forward travel. In the case of wheels where the rim is welded to the wheel disc, the left and right wheels may be swapped over to alter the track width; i n al l cases, how ever, t he V-shaped tread pattern must always point towards the front of the tractor, as shown in the figure above.

Note: approved tyre combinations: in each market, only the approved combinations for the specific zone are available.

Adjusting steering stops After every change of the front tyres, check the steering angle.

Procedure:

A A

A

A

A

• Operate parking brake • Additionally secure tractor against rolling (wheel chock) • In the case of tractors with suspended front axle, disconnect front axle suspension • Jack up tractor at its front • Turn steering wheel (to left and right).

• Adjustment of the steering angle.

When the front axle is in the condition of maximum oscillation and the wheels are turned to the maximum steering angle, there must be no interference between the fenders and engine hood. If necessary, adjust the internal angle.

WARNING: ALWAYS MAINTAIN THE CORRECT TYRE PRESSURE. WHEN INFLATING THE TYRES MAKE SURE TO STAND TO THE SIDE OF THE CENTRAL FLANGE.

94

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Adjustable track wheels 1

1 = Bracket 2 = Rim 3 = Bracket thickness 4 = Wheel

2

3

4

The support bracket 1 on the rim 2 is fixed offset with respect to the centreline of the rim (and therefore with respect to the tyre too).

During fitting, the bracket can be fitted in contact with the wheel 4 on both sides.

This allows for two different tracks.

Two more tracks can be achieved by turning the rim 2 with respect to the wheel 1.

This means that there are in fact 4 possible ways of fitting the rim 2 and wheel 4.

If you then fit the assembled wheel on to the hub (or rear half-axle) with the bell facing inside or outside you can actually achieve 8 different configurations (see the figures on pages 97 and 98) for distance between the centreline of the wheel and the mating surface on the wheel hub or half-axle flange. There are therefore 8 possible track values.

95

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Permissible tyre combinations Id

A B C D E F G H I L M N O

Front Rear 9.0/75 - 16” 320/70 R 24” 240/70 R 16” 380/70 R 20” 260/65 R 16” 440/65 R 20” 280/70 R 16” 360/70 R 24” 280/70 R 16” 380/70 R 24” 280/70 R 18” 420/70 R 24” 280/70 R 18” 14.9 R 24” 300/65 R 18” 440/65 R 24” 300/65 R 18 480/65 R 24” 280/70 R 20” 380/70 R 28“ 280/70 R 20” 16.9 R 24” 300/70 R 20” 420/70 R 28” 9.5 R 20” 14.9 R 28”

F50

F60

F70

F80

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Width (1) mm (in) min.

max

•

1346 (53.03)

1722 (67.85)

1380 (54.37)

1814 (71.47)

•

•

926 (36.48)

1682 (66.27)

1441 (56.78)

1875 (73.88)

•

•

1424 (56.11)

1700 (66.98)

1606 (63.28)

1900 (74.86) 1722 (67.85)

•

•

•

•

1446 (56.97) 1411 (55.59)

1905 (75.06)

•

•

•

•

1446 (56.97)

1722 (67.85)

1471 (57.96)

1969 (66.82)

•

•

•

•

1342 (52.87)

1826 (71.94)

1501 (59.14)

1995 (78.60)

•

•

•

•

1342 (52.87)

1826 (71.94)

1471 (57.96)

1965 (77.42)

•

•

•

•

1357 (53.47)

1841 (72.54)

1616 (63.67)

2016 (79.43) 1841 (72.54)

•

•

•

•

1357 (53.47) 1674 (65.96)

2074 (81.72)

•

•

•

•

1342 (52.87)

1826 (71.94)

1491 (58.75)

1995 (78.60)

•

•

1342 (52.87)

1826 (71.94)

1615 (63.63)

2015 (79.39)

•

•

1352 (53.27)

1836 (72.34)

1559 (61.42)

1959 (77.18)

•

•

1307 (51.50)

1791 (70.57)

1491 (58.75)

1995 (78.60)

(1) - Width here refers to the maximum width of the tractor with minimum track setting and the maximum width with maximum track setting.

N.B.: this value may vary according to the make of tyre and the inflation pressure.

Id:The letters A, B, C, etc. refer to the tables on pages 99 - 101.

96

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Track width adjustment for wheels with adjustable rims

1

5

2

6

3

7

4

8

Front wheels This figure illustrates the 8 different fitting possibilities and the 8 possible front track settings shown in the tables on the following pages.

97

SECTION IV

WHEELS

1

5

2

6

3

7

4

8

Rear wheels This figure illustrates the 8 different fitting possibilities, and the 8 possible rear track settings shown in the tables on the following pages.

WARNING: WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO WIDEN THE FRONT TREAD, AVOID DANGEROUS OVERLOADS.

98

SECTION IV Track widths

WHEELS

A

front 9.0/75 - 16”

rear

Track widths

320/70 R 24”

B

front

240/70 R 16”

rear 380/70 R 20”

1

mm (in)

1116 (43.97)

-

1

mm (in)

1166 (45.94)

-

2

mm (in)

1192 (46.96)

1011 (39.83)

2

mm (in)

1242 (48.93)

1061 (41.80)

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

1051 (41.41)

3

mm (in)

1206 (47.52)

1201 (47.32)

4

mm (in)

1332 (52.48)

1145 (45.11)

4

mm (in)

1282 (50.51)

1295 (51.02)

5

mm (in)

1276 (50.27)

1317 (51.89)

5

mm (in)

1326 (52.24)

1167 (45.98)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1411 (55.59)

6

mm (in)

1402 (55.24)

1261 (49.68)

7

mm (in)

1416 (55.79)

1451 (57.17)

7

mm (in)

1366 (53.82)

1401 (55.20)

8

mm (in)

1492 (58.78)

1545 (60.87)

8

mm (in)

1442 (56.81)

1495 (58.90)

Track widths

C

front

rear

260/65 R 16”

440/65 R 20”

Track widths

D

front

rear

280/70 R 16”

360/70 R 24” -

1

mm (in)

1166 (45.94)

-

1

mm (in)

1166 (45.94)

2

mm (in)

1242 (48.93)

-

2

mm (in)

1242 (48.93)

-

3

mm (in)

1206 (47.52)

1165 (45.90)

3

mm (in)

1206 (47.52)

1051 (41.41)

4

mm (in)

1282 (50.51)

1259 (49.60)

4

mm (in)

1282 (50.51)

1145 (45.11)

5

mm (in)

1326 (52.24)

1203 (47.40)

5

mm (in)

1326 (52.24)

1317 (51.89)

6

mm (in)

1402 (55.24)

1297 (51.10)

6

mm (in)

1402 (55.24)

1411 (55.59)

7

mm (in)

1366 (53.82)

1365 (53.78)

7

mm (in)

1366 (53.82)

1451 (57.17)

8

mm (in)

1442 (56.81)

1459 (58.90)

8

mm (in)

1442 (56.81)

1545 (60.87)

Track widths

E

front

rear

280/70 R 16”

380/70 R 24”

Track widths

F

front

rear

280/70 R 18”

420/70 R 24” -

1

mm (in)

1166 (45.94)

-

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

2

mm (in)

1242 (48.93)

-

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

3

mm (in)

1206 (47.52)

1091 (42.99)

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

1081 (42.59)

4

mm (in)

1282 (50.51)

1189 (46.85)

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1175 (46.30)

5

mm (in)

1326 (52.24)

1277 (50.31)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1287 (50.71)

6

mm (in)

1402 (55.24)

1375 (54.18)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1381 (54.41)

7

mm (in)

1366 (53.82)

1491 (58.75)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1481 (58.35)

8

mm (in)

1442 (56.81)

1589 (62.61)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1575 (62.06)

99

SECTION IV Track widths

WHEELS

G

front

rear

280/70 R 18”

14.9 R 24”

Track widths

H

front

rear

300/65 R 18”

440/65 R 24” -

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

-

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

1091 (42.99)

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

-

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1185 (46.69)

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1175 (46.30)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1277 (50.31)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1287 (50.71)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1371 (54.02)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1381 (54.41)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1491 (58.75)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1481 (58.35)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1585 (62.45)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1575 (62.06)

Track widths

I

front

rear

300/65 R 18”

480/65 R 24”

Track widths

L

front

rear

280/70 R 20”

380/70 R 28” -

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

-

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

1111 (43.77)

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1195 (47.08)

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1215 (47.87)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1271 (50.08)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1249 (49.21)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1369 (53.94)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1353 (53.31)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1497 (58.98)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1511 (59.53)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1595 (62.84)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1615 (63.63)

Track widths

M

front

rear

280/70 R 20”

16.9 R 24”

Track widths

N

front

rear

300/70 R 20”

420/70 R 28”

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

-

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

-

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

2

mm (in)

1156 (45.55)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

-

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1175 (46.30)

4

mm (in)

1350 (53.19)

1139 (44.88)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1287 (50.71)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1325 (52.21)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1381 (57.41)

6

mm (in)

1356 (53.43)

1423 (56.07)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1481 (58.35)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1441 (56.78)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1575 (62.06)

8

mm (in)

1550 (61.07)

1539 (60.64)

100

SECTION IV

Track widths

WHEELS

O

front

rear

9.5 R 20”

14.9 R 28”

1

mm (in)

1062 (41.84)

-

2

mm (in)

1152 (45.39)

-

3

mm (in)

1256 (49.49)

1111 (43.77)

4

mm (in)

1346 (53.03)

1215 (47.87)

5

mm (in)

1262 (49.72)

1249 (49.21)

6

mm (in)

1352 (53.27)

1353 (53.31)

7

mm (in)

1456 (57.37)

1511 (59.53)

8

mm (in)

1546 (60.91)

1615 (63.63)

Tables A, B, etc. refer to the tyre combinations denoted by these letters on page 96.

101

SECTION IV

WHEELS

WARNING: SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT FROM: EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM/WHEEL ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING – NEVER EXCEED 35 PSI (AIR PRESSURE) WHEN SEATING BEADS. – ALWAYS USE SAFETY CAGE OR OTHER RESTRAINING DEVICE AND CLIP-ON EXTENSION HOSE. ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES. TIRE FAILURE DUE TO MISAPPLICATION/IMPROPER INFLATION/OVERLOADING/EXCEEDING MAXIMUM SPEED – FOLLOW TIRE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE FREQUENTLY WITH GAUGE. EXPLOSION OF THE TIRE/RIM/WHEEL ASSEMBLY DUE TO WELDING THE RIM WITHOUT FIRST REMOVING THE TIRE – NEVER REWORK, WELD, HEAT OR BRAZE THE RIM OF A TIRE/RIM/WHEEL ASSEMBLY.

WARNING: TIRE CHANGING CAN BE DANGEROUS AND SHOULD BE DONE BY TRAINED PERSONNEL USING PROPER TOOLS AND PROCEDURES. ALWAYS READ AND UNDERSTAND ANY MANUFACTURER’S WARNING CONTAINED IN THEIR CUSTOMERS’ LITERATURE OR MOLDED INTO THE TIRE SIDEWALL. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE PROCEDURES MAY RESULT IN FAULTY POSITIONING OF THE TIRE AND/OR RIM PARTS, AND CAUSE THE ASSEMBLY TO BURST WITH EXPLOSIVE FORCE, SUFFICIENT TO CAUSE SERIOUS PHYSICAL INJURY OR DEATH. NEVER MOUNT OR USE DAMAGED TIRES OR RIMS.

WARNING: REINFLATION OF ANY TYPE OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY THAT HAS BEEN OPERATED IN A RUN-FLAT OR UNDERINFLATED CONDITION (80% OR LESS OF RECOMMENDED PRESSURE), CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. THE TIRE MAY BE DAMAGED ON THE INSIDE AND CAN EXPLODE WHILE YOU ARE ADDING AIR. THE RIM PARTS MAY BE WORN, DAMAGED OR DISLODGED AND CAN EXPLOSIVELY SEPARATE. NEVER REWORK, WELD, HEAT, OR BRAZE THE TIRE/WHEEL/RIM. HEATING THE RIM OF TIRE/WHEEL/RIM ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE A TIRE TO EXPLODE, CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. THE USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE MATERIAL DURING TIRE SERVICING IS ABSOLUTELY PROHIBITED. USE OF STARTING FLUID, ETHER, GASOLINE OR ANY OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL TO LUBRICATE, SEAL OR SEAT THE BEADS OF A TUBELESS TIRE CAN CAUSE THE TIRE TO EXPLODE OR CAN CAUSE THE EXPLOSIVE SEPARATION OF THE TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY RESULTING IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. NEVER HAMMER, STRIKE OR PRY ON ANY TYPE OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY WHILE THE TIRE CONTAINS INFLATION PRESSURE. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SEAT ANY PART WHILE THE TIRE CONTAINS ANY INFLATION PRESSURE. THIS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

102

SECTION IV

WHEELS

WARNING: NEVER INFLATE BEYOND 35 POUNDS OF PRESSURE TO SEAT BEADS. NEVER STAND, LEAN OR REACH OVER THE ASSEMBLY DURING INFLATION. INSPECT BOTH SIDES OF THE TIRE TO BE SURE THAT THE BEADS ARE EVENLY SEATED. IF TIRE IS MOUNTED ON A MACHINE THAT DOES NOT HAVE A POSITIVE LOCK-DOWN DEVICE TO HOLD THE WHEEL, INFLATION SHOULD BE DONE IN A SAFETY CAGE OR OTHER RESTRAINING DEVICE. IF BOTH BEADS ARE NOT PROPERLY SEATED WHEN PRESSURE REACHES 35 PSI, COMPLETELY DEFLATE THE ASSEMBLY, REPOSITION THE TIRE AND/OR TUBE ON THE RIM, RELUBRICATE AND REINFLATE. INFLATING BEYOND 35 PSI AIR PRESSURE WHEN TRYING TO SEAT THE BEADS IS A DANGEROUS PRACTICE THAT MAY BREAK A TIRE BEAD (OR EVEN THE RIM) WITH EXPLOSIVE FORCE, POSSIBLY RESULTING IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. AFTER THE BEADS ARE FULLY SEATED, PRESSURE MAY BE INCREASED ABOVE 35 PSI TO OPERATING PRESSURES, NOT TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM MOLDED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL.

WARNING: STAY OUT OF THE TRAJECTORY AS INDICATED BY SHADED AREA. ALWAYS USE A SAFETY CAGE OR OTHER RESTRAINING DEVICE IN COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA REGULATIONS. NOTE: UNDER SOME CIRCUMSTANCES, THE TRAJECTORY MAY DEVIATE FROM ITS EXPECTED PATH

WARNING: AN UNBALANCED TRACTOR COULD OVERTURN AND CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. MAKE SURE FRONT FRAME COUNTERWEIGHTS, WHEEL WEIGHTS AND WHEEL BALLAST ARE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ADD EXTRA COUNTERWEIGHTS TO COMPENSATE FOR AN OVERLOADED TRACTOR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE LOAD. KEEP ALL PARTS OF YOUR BODY INSIDE THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT WHILE OPERATING THE TRACTOR.

103

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Ballast Front ballast •

Ballast hanger with cast iron weights of 22 kg (48.50 lb) each. A maximum of 12 weights can be fitted, total 264 kg (582.01 lb).

2 1

C

B

A 1 - Tie bolts 2 - Locking pin A - Front weights (22 kg - 48.50 lb each) B - Ballast hanger (70 kg - 154.32 lb) C - Spacer (20 kg - 44.09 lb)

The ballast weight must be secured to the front hanger using the special tie bolts, as illustrated above.

CAUTION: ALWAYS FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT. THE USE OF A SEAT BELT REDUCES THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT.

104

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Rear ballast (For 28” rear wheels only)

•

2 ballast weights (1 per wheel) each weighing 43 kg (94.80 lb) making a total of 86 kg (189.60 lb).

•

4 ballast weights (2 per wheel) each weighing 43 kg (94.80 lb) making a total of 172 kg (379.19 lb).

105

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Ballasting by filling the tyres with water + antifreeze solution To prevent the water from freezing and damaging the tyres, use additives to obtain a neutralised solution of calcium chloride.

Proceed as follows: pour the required quantity of water into a container and then slowly pour in calcium chloride in the proportion of approx. 30 kg (66.1 lb) to every 100 litres (26.4 U.S. gal) of water.

N.B. - Add calcium chloride to the water, not vice versa, to prevent the risk of a violent chemical reaction.

The amount of liquid in the tyre must not exceed 75% of the total tyre volume.

Warning: the antifreeze solution does not offer protection at temperatures below -20°C (68°F).

CAUTION: ON BALLASTING THE TRACTOR, VERIFY THAT THE FRONT AXLE WEIGHT IS AT LEAST THE 20% OF THE TOTAL TRACTOR WEIGHT. IT’S TO GUARANTEE A SAFE STEERING.

WARNING: REMEMBER THAT STEERING, BRAKING AND TRACTOR PERFORMANCE IN GENERAL WILL BE GREATLY AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTS ATTACHED, THE TRAILERS TOWED OR THE BALLAST APPLIED.

Further information is obtainable from the tire trade. The antifreeze is to be added to the water under constant stirring until it is completely dissolved. After having filled the tires, flush all equipment with water, as the solution is highly aggressive.

The liquid must be introduced into the tyre using a special adapter specifically designed for this purpose.

(These adapters are supplied by tyre manufacturers).

106

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Filling the tyre with water Jack up tractor. Rotate wheel so that the inner-tube tire valve is in upper position. Screw out valve insert. Screw water filling valve into the tire valve. Connect water hose. Connect the water hose and fill until the water starts to come out of the breather at the bottom of the valve. Screw off water filling valve. Refit valve insert.

Inflate tire to specified pressure.

1

2 1 2

1 - AIR 2 - WATER CAUTION: WHILE MIXING THE ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION AND FILLING THE TYRE, IT IS ESSENTIAL TO WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. ADD CALCIUM TO THE WATER, NOT VICE VERSA, TO PREVENT THE RISK OF A VIOLENT CHEMICAL REACTION.

Draining water from the tyre Jack up tractor. Rotate wheel so that the inner-tube tire valve comes down. Screw out tire valve insert. Allow water to drain.

Screw on combined valve.

Inflate tire. The air pressure will force out any remaining water through the bleeder bore. Screw off combined valve. Refit tire valve insert. Inflate tire to specified pressure.

CAUTION: DURING TRACTOR REFUELING, ALWAYS TURN THE ENGINE OFF AND CLEAN ANY FUEL SPILLED ON THE TRACTOR.

107

SECTION IV

WHEELS

Hydraulic trailer braking The tractor may be equipped with an optional hydraulic trailer braking system.

The oil used by the system is diverted from the main hydraulic system by a directional control valve.

This directional control valve is operated by a valve that is connected hydraulically to the hydrostatic control of the tractor brakes.

For trailers with a safety brake, the system is equipped with a specific directional control valve. This control valve has an ON-OFFcontrol that allows the valve to be connected hydraulically (ON position) or excluded (OFF position).

With the key in the ignition switch, when the control is in the OFF position, a warning light will illuminate on the instrument panel. This same light also illuminates to indicate insufficient pressure to operate the trailer brake.

The control valve is also connected to the handbrake, so that the trailer brake is applied when the handbrake is operated.

N.B. - For any adjustment of the braking system, contact your authorized service centre.

Directional control valve for hydraulic trailer braking 1 - Directional control valve 2 - Manual control lever.

108

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

SECTION 5 - Maintenance operations This section of the manual deals with the lubrication and general maintenance of the tractor.

CAUTION: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY OPERATIONS, READ THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY DURING OPERATION OF THE TRACTOR.

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

CAUTION: ALWAYS MAINTAIN THE TRACTOR IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. LACK OF MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE NEEDLESS DOWN TIME AND CAN INFLUENCE NEGATIVELY ON THE DURATION OF ITS WORK LIFE.

WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK, PANEL OR GUARDS MAY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FOR CLARITY. NEVER OPERATE THE TRACTOR WITHOUT THESE COMPONENTS IN POSITION. IF THE REMOVAL OF PANEL OR GUARDS IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A REPAIR, THEY MUST BE REPLACED BEFORE OPERATION.

DANGER: NEVER START THE ENGINE BY SHORT-CIRCUITING THE STARTER ENGINE’S TERMINALS. THIS MAY CAUSE SUDDEN TAKE-OFFS WHICH COULD BE VERY DANGEROUS TO THE OPERATOR.

109

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

CAUTION: ALWAYS WEAR CLOTHING SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. IF NECESSARY, USE HEARING PROTECTION PLUGS AND WEAR EYE PROTECTION.

CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS HAVE FIRST-AID EQUIPMENT READ-ILY AVAILABLE: - FIRST-AID KIT WITH MEDICAMENTS; - FIRE EXTINGUISHER; - EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS ON HAND (DOCTOR, HOSPITAL, AMBULANCE, FIREMEN).

WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO CARRY OUT ANY MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ON THE TRACTOR OR AN ATTACHED IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF, THE GEARBOX IS IN NEUTRAL, THE PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED AND ANY ATTACHED IMPLEMENT IS LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

DANGER: START THE ENGINE, WITH THE STARTER KEY, FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT ONLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINE BY SHORTING ACROSS THE STARTER TERMINALS. THE MACHINE WILL START IN GEAR IF THE NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT IS BYPASSED. THIS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO ANYONE IN THE VICINITY OF THE TRACTOR. ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE STARTER SOLENOID COVER IS ALWAYS IN POSITON.

For information regarding the quantities and qualities of lubricant and fluids, refer to the “Prescribed lubricants and furnishments” on page 111.

110

The values specified here are approximate and may vary from one application to another. The key factor is always the relevant mark on the dipstick or fill level indicator on the filling station device.

SECTION V MAINTENANCE

Lubricants and fluids

111

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance intervals The recommended maintenance intervals apply to normal operating conditions.

CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE TRACTOR, CHECK ITS CONDITION FOR OPERATING SAFETLY ON THE PUBLIC HIGHWAY.

If the tractor is subjected to extreme working conditions and/or dusty environments, the intervals between maintenance operations will have to be reduced accordingly.

Scrupulously observe the recommended maintenance intervals and only use recommended lubricants and fluids.

Using inferior quality lubricants in order to save money can result in serious damage to the tractor.

Failure to have the tractor serviced at the recommended maintenance intervals and to use the prescribed lubricants will invalidate the manufacturer’s warranty.

DANGER: TO AVOID EYE INJURY, NEVER EXPOSE EYES TO WAVE EMISSION ZONES WHEN RADAR IS IN OPERATION. DO THE RADAR MAINTENANCE ONLY AFTER ENGINE TURNED OFF AND IGNITION KEY IN STOP POSITION.

DANGER: WHEN HANDLING BATTERIES: - AVOID BREATHING IN FUMES PRODUCED BY THE ACID SOLUTION (if the acid is accidentally swallowed, drink plenty of water or milk, then drink beaten eggs or vegetal oil; seek medical attention immediately) - USE THE APPROPRIATE PROCEDURE WHEN CHARGING - CLEAN ALL PARTS WHERE ACID SOLUTION MIGHT HAVE SPILLED. IF IT SPILLS ON THE HANDS, NEUTRALIZE IT WITH HYDRATED LIME OR SODIUM BICARBONATE. IF IT HITS THE EYES, RINSE REPEATEDLY FOR 10-15 MINUTES, THEN SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.

112

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Important notes •

Ensure that any containers used to store lubricants are perfectly clean. Funnels and measuring cups must be covered to prevent dust settling on them.

•

Clean the areas adjacent to the parts to be lubricated.

•

Grease parts when warm so that the grease flows more easily.

•

Clean all plugs and caps before replacing them.

•

Fuel tank capacities are indicated in the table on the opposite page.

•

Carry out all operations in accordance with the instructions given and the applicable safety regulations.

•

Before starting work on the tractor, make sure the engine is switched off, the key is removed from the ignition and the handbrake is applied.

•

Only work with the engine running when this is specifically indicated in the instructions.

WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE MAKE SURE THERE IS PLENTY OF VENTILATION. DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE IN A CLOSED BUILDING. THE EXHAUST FUMES MAY CAUSE ASPHYXIATION.

WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE OR OBSCURE DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS. REPLACE ANY DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS THAT ARE NOT READABLE OR ARE MISSING. REPLACEMENT DECALS ARE AVAILABLE FROM YOUR DEALER IN THE EVENT OF LOSS OR DAMAGE. THE ACTUAL LOCATION AND ORDERING CODE OF THESE SAFETY DECALS IS ILLUSTRATED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION. WHEN YOU REPLACE A PART THAT CARRIES A SAFETY LABEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE SAME LABEL IS APPLIED TO THE NEW PART. DO NOT USE FUEL OR SOLVENTS ETC. TO CLEAN SAFETY LABELS. USE A CLEAN CLOTH DAMPED IN SOAPY WATER.

113

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance and inspection schedule Operating hours Delivery Servicing to be carried out exclusively by a DEUTZ-FAHR authorized service centre 1 Engine

At 20 hours

250

·

·

500

·

750 1000 1250

·

·

1.1

Check engine oil level (for type of oil see table on page 111)

1.2

Change engine oil (at least once a year - for type of oil see table on page 111)

·

·

·

1.3

Renew oil filter element

·

·

·

1.4

Check valve clearances

·

·

·

1.5

Rocker arms lubrication screw adjustment

·

1.6

Check that the oil cooler is clean

·

1.7

Check tension of drive belts

·

1.8

Renew fuel filter

1.9

Drain water from fuel prefilter

·

Every day before starting work

Periodically

·

·

·

·

· Only when necessary

· Renew innner element after cleaning the main element 6 times or once every 2 years

1.12 Renew the inner element of the air cleaner

·

1.13 Clean the lift pump filter mesh

Delivery Transmission and hydraulic system Check transmission oil level

2.2

Change gearbox oil

2.3

Changing the oil filter in the steering circuit return line.

2.4

Changing the oil filter of the gearbox in the suction line for the auxiliary control valves and the lift.

2.5

Check cleanliness of the oil cooler in the front engine compartment

3

Front axle

3.1

Check oil level of differential and epicyclic reduction unit

·

·

1.11 Renew air filter element

2.1

·

When the warning light illuminates (Renew filter once a year or after cleaning 6 times)

1.10 Check that air filter is clean

2

·

·

Every At 50 50 hohours urs

·

300

600

900

1200

·

·

·

·

Change oil at least once a year - for type of oil see table on page 111 Change the filters after 50 and 150 operating hours and whenever the warning light comes on or the oil is changed (every 300 operating hours).

Change the filters after 150 operating hours and whenever the warning light comes on or the oil is changed (every 1200 operating hours).

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

114

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Delivery Servicing to be carried out exclusively by a DEUTZ-FAHR authorized service centre the oil level in the differential and 3.2 4WD-Checking epicyclic reduction units

·

3.3

Check oil level in hubs

·

3.4

Change hub oil

3.5

Check front wheel toe-in

4

Clutch Check oil level in reservoir (whenever the warning light illuminates and at the recommended intervals for type of oil see table on page 111) Brakes Check oil level in reservoir (whenever the warning light illuminates and at the recommended intervals for type of oil see table on page 111)

4.1 5 5.1

Operating hours Every At 50 50 300 600 hours hours

·

·

·

900

1200

·

·

Change the oil at least once a year - for type of oil see table on page 111

·

·

·

·

·

Change the oil at least once a year - for type of oil see table on page 111

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

5.2

Check braking action

·

·

·

·

·

·

5.3

Check free play in brake pedals and handbrake

·

·

·

·

·

·

5.4

Check braking system with safety brakes valves

·

·

·

·

·

6

Differential locks

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

6.1

Check differential locking system

7

Hydrostatic steering

·

·

7.1

Check oil lines

8

Greasing

9.1

Grease steering cylinder (2x2)

·

Every 50 hours

9.2

Grease lifting rods (2)

·

Every 50 hours

9.3

Grease stabiliser tie-rods (2)

·

Every 50 hours

9.4

Grease steering joint bearings (2x2)

·

Every 50 hours

9.5

Grease front support of front axle (1)

·

Every 50 hours

9.6

Grease rear support of front axle (1)

·

Every 50 hours

9.7

Grease rear half-shaft bearings (2)

·

Every 50 hours

10

Electrical system Check system operation (lights - direction indicators 10.1 warning lights - control units) 10.2 Check battery 11

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Tightening torques

11.1 Check tightness of front and rear wheel bolts

115

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

CAUTION: DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLES, BEFORE TO VERIFY OR REPAIR THE ELECTRICAL WIRING OR BEFORE TO START WELDING OPERATIONS ON TRACTOR OR ON ATTACHED IMPLEMENTS.

DANGER: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY TERMINALS CORRECTLY. DANGER OF SHORT-CIRCUIT!

WARNING: WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN CHARGING OR BOOSTING BATTERY.

WARNING: CONNECT ONLY TO A 12 VOLT SUPPLY TO BOOST BATTERY.

CAUTION: IT’S IMPORTANT TO RESPECT THE ENVIROMENT AND TO FOLLOW THE ANTI-POLLUTION RULES. ANY FLUID (OIL, FUEL, COOLANT) OR FILTERS AND BATTERIES HAVE TO BE WASTED, BY FOLLOWING THE LOCAL RULES.

WARNING: DIESEL ENGINE EXHAUST AND SOME OF ITS CONSTITUENTS ARE KNOWN TO SOME STATES TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS AND OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM.

116

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Fuel storage DANGER: TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE DANGEROUS SPARKS WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO FUEL DEPOSITS OR OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.

The conditions of fuel storage are very important. The interiors of the storage containers must be free of rust or any sediment, as any such material could cause serious damage to the injection system.

CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATATE ENGINE UNTIL FUEL TANK IS ENPTY. IF ENGINE IS RUN OUT OF FUEL, IT WILL BECOME NECESSARY TO BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM.

Refueling The tractor fuel gauge indicates the exact level of fuel in the fuel tanks.

Be careful not to run out of diesel fuel when operating the tractor, otherwise it will be necessary to bleed the air from fuel injection system.

Refueling at the end of the day The tractor fuel tanks should always be filled at the end of the day.

This is to avoid condensation forming in the tanks overnight.

Empty space in the fuel tank is a major cause of water in the fuel system.

Drain plug The fuel tank drain plug is located on the back of the tank (on the left).

After draining the tank and replacing the drain plug, fill the tank and check the condition of the drain plug seal.

WARNING: DO NOT FILL FUEL TANK WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING, HOT, NEAR OPEN FLAME OR WHILE SMOKING. TRACTOR REFUELING SHOULD BE PERFORMED WITH THE ENGINE TURNED OFF AND IN OPEN AIR.

117

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Engine maintenance CAUTION: WITH A COLD ENGINE YOU MAY NOTICE ABNORMAL COMBUSTION. THIS SHOULD CLEAR UP ONCE THE ENGINE HAS REACHED NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE.

Before carrying out any work on the engine, wait until it has cooled down.

WARNING: ALWAYS SWITCH THE ENGINE OFF BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS. FOR ADDITIONAL SAFETY, REMOVE THE KEY FROM THE IGNITION.

WARNING: AN UNBALANCED TRACTOR COULD OVERTURN AND CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. MAKE SURE FRONT FRAME COUNTERWEIGHTS, WHEEL WEIGHTS AND WHEEL BALLAST ARE USED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ADD EXTRA COUNTERWEIGHTS TO COMPENSATE FOR AN OVERLOADED TRACTOR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE LOAD. KEEP ALL PARTS OF YOUR BODY INSIDE THE OPERATOR’S COMPARTMENT WHILE OPERATING THE TRACTOR.

During maintenance operations, apply the handbrake and position the chock under one of the wheels.

On completion of the work, replace all guards and covers, refit the side panels and close the hood.

WARNING: FLUIDS THAT FACILITATE ENGINE STARTING ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. WHEN USING THEM, KEEP AWAY FROM SPARK SOURCES (BATTERIES, CONNECTORS, ETC). THESE FLUIDS SHOULD BE KEPT IN COOL AREAS AND THE CONTAINERS PROPERLY STORED.

118

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Opening the engine hood To gain access to the engine, the hood must be released initially by pulling back the catch; this done, lift the front end of the hood and position the stay rod.

CAUTION: In the event of the hood catch release cable breaking, the hood can be opened by inserting a screwdriver between the hood and the hardnose so that the tip locates against the catch bracket.

Pushing with the screwdriver to the left (in relation to the driving position), the catch will be released.

119

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

To close the hood, push it down until you feel the catch engage.

Cleaning the front grille For the engine cooling system to function correctly, the front grille must always be kept clean.

To remove the front grille, pull it upwards to disengage it from its seating and then tilt it outwards.

Clean the grille with a compressed air jet, blowing air through the grille from the inside to the outside.

Removing the side panels The side panels can only be removed when the hood is raised.

Grip the front of the side panel and pull it upwards to release it from its retaining catch. Then pull the panel towards the front of the tractor to remove it.

WARNING: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK ON THE ENGINE, WAIT UNTIL IT HAS COOLED DOWN. DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS, APPLY THE HANDBRAKE AND POSITION THE CHOCK UNDER ONE OF THE WHEELS. ON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, REPLACE ALL GUARDS AND COVERS, REFIT THE SIDE PANELS AND CLOSE THE HOOD.

120

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Checking the engine oil level Start the engine and allow it to run for few minutes; then switch the engine off, wait for about one minute, then check the oil level.

Pull the dipstick out, wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth, reinsert it and pull it out once again to read the oil level.

If the level lies between the t w o not ches on t he dispstick, it is correct.

If the oil requires topping up, unscrew the oil filler cap and top up with oil of the specified quality to the top notch on the dipstick.

Changing the engine oil Warning: Take care when draining oil from the engine sump, as hot oil can cause serious burns.

Collect and store used oil in suitable containers before taking it to an authorized collection centre.

CAUTION: ON TRAVELLING ON THE PUBBLIC ROAD WITH FRONT IMPLEMENTS, IF THE VISIBILITY IS NOT ENOUGH (TRAFFIC LIGHTS COVERED BY THE ATTACHED IMPLEMENT), PLEASE SWITCH ON THE WORKING LIGHTS.

121

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Proceed as follows:

Unscrew the drain plug on the oil sump.

DANGER: FLUIDS THAT ARE UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE HUMAN TISSUE CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY. IT IS RECOMMENDED TO ALWAYS STOP THE ENGINE AND RELIEVE THE PRESSURE BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING LINES.

Renew the engine oil filter following the instructions given below.

When all the oil has drained from the sump, inspect the drain plug seal and, if necessary, renew it before replacing the drain plug.

Pour oil of the prescribed quality into the sump through the oil filler until the level reaches the upper notch on the dipstick.

Run the engine for a few minutes and check the seals around the oil drain plug and the new oil filter.

Check the oil level again and top up if necessary.

Changing the engine oil filter • Position a suitable receptacle under the filter.

• Unscrew the filter cartridge.

• Oil the new filter cartridges using the same oil as that used in the engine.

• Screw the new cartridge on by hand.

• On starting the engine, check for leaks around the cartridge seals.

• Check the engine oil level.

122

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Changing the fuel filter Position a suitable receptacle/container under the filter.

Unscrew the cartridge and replace with new original cartridge of the same type. Check that the seal between the new cartridges and the cover is perfect.

Draining water from the fuel filter Always drain the water from the fuel filter before putting the tractor back into service after the winter season.

NOTE: Before mounting the preliminary or fine fuel filter, ensure that it is filled with diesel fuel.

1

Proceed as follows: Position a suitable receptacle/container under the filter.

Open the drain screw on the bottom of the filter to allow fuel mixed with water to drain out. As soon as uncontaminated fuel appears, close the the drain screw.

DANGER: TAKE CARE WHEN DRAINING OIL FROM THE ENGINE SUMP, AS HOT OIL CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS.

123

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Bleeding the air from the fuel system This operation must be carried out whenever there is air in the circuits (upstream of the injection pumps) following the removal and refitment of components, or after the fuel tank has been completely emptied, or if the pipelines and fittings are less than perfectly tight.

When air is in the fuel system, the engine either fails to start completely or stops once it has started.

1 - Filter air bleending screw 2 - Fuel filter 3 - Filter water draining screw

To bleed air from the system, simply loosen the screw located on top of the fuel filter and, turning the starter key to position n° 1, operate the feed pump until the fuel emerges free of air bubbles.

CAUTION: on no account loosen the fittings of the fuel lines connecting the pumps and the injectors, as these need to be retightened to a specific torque setting against the special copper seals, which must be renewed whenever the fittings are disconnected and reinstated.

Draining water from the fuel pre-filter Always drain the water from the fuel pre-filter before putting the tractor back into service after the winter season.

Proceed as follows: Place a receptacle under the drain screw 1.

Open the drain screw B and wait until all the water has drained from bowl A. • Tighten screw B.

124

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

WARNING: DIESEL FUEL OR HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID LEAKS, UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO FIND LEAKS. DO NOT USE YOUR BARE HAND. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY FLUID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, IT MUST BE SURGICALLY REMOVED WITHIN A FEW HOURS BY A DOCTOR FAMILIAR WITH THIS TYPE OF INJURY.

Fuel We recommend that you use only commercial brands of diesel fuel which have a sulphur content of 0.5% or less.

If you use a fuel with a sulphur content that exceeds 0.5%, the oil change intervals indicated in this manual must be halved.

WARNING: THE SHOCK ADSORBERS HAVE INSIDE GAS OR OIL UNDER PRESSURE. BEFORE ANY REPAIR OPERATION, READ CAREFULLY THE WORKSHOP MANUAL OF THE MAKER.

WARNING: DO NOT SMOKE OR LIGHT MATCHES WHEN SERVICING OR BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM.

WARNING: COLLECT AND STORE USED OIL IN SUITABLE CONTAINERS BEFORE TAKING IT TO AN AUTHORIZED COLLECTION CENTRE.

125

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Electro-magnetic fuel pump

The fuel pump is switched on by turning the ignition key to 1.

After the maximum pressure permissible in the plant has been reached, the fuel is returned to the tank via a valve.

Checking pump operation The fuel pump does not require any special maintenance.

The working of the pump can be checked by means of a faint “ticking” of the pump when the ignition is on.

IMPORTANT: In order to prevent pointless operation of the electric fuel pump, do not leave the key in the ignition.

Check the pump for leaks by visual inspection.

Venting of the fuel filter and of the injection pump is carried out with the ignition on and the engine stopped.

NOTE: Never use gasoline (petrol), kerosene or cleaning solvents to clean the element.

- do not attempt to blow the main element clean using tractor exhaust gases.

- never add oil to the dry air filter element.

- filter must be serviced when warning indicator pilot light comes on, otherwise engine could lose power and damage to engine could occur.

- never use a filter that shows sign of damage.

If in doubt, replace the filter.

126

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Air filter Air filtering occurs by means of a folded paper element protected by a container and held in a sheet metal cylinder.

WARNING: the internal cartridge of the filter does not perform any filtration function. Its function is to prevent solid particles from entering the inlet manifold when the filter cartridge is removed. The inner safety element should never be cleaned but only replaced every three cleanings of the main cartridge.

Periodically: check the efficiency of the air filter dust exhausting valve.

NOTE: Check regularly that the engine air cleaner casing and element are not damaged. Do not wash or brush the element.

NOTE: Periodically inspect air cleaner housing and element.

NOTE: The small inner secondary safety filter must never be used without the larger outer primary filter being in place. The purpose of the secondary safety filter is to serve as a backup to the primary and prevent dust or other items from entering while the primary is being cleaned or replaced.

127

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Cleaning the air filter Clean the filtering element whenever the air filter warning light comes on.

Important It is important to make sure that the warning light is always working correctly. To check its operation, start the engine and temporarily obstruct the air filter intake tube (do not use your hands). The filtering element must always be in perfect working order; if not, clean, wash or replace it.

Cleaning the filter using compressed air This is the correct cleaning method to use when the filter is clogged with dust. Direct a jet of compressed air (max. pressure 6.8 bar/98 psi) from the inside to the outside of the element, moving the jet along the pleats in the paper until all the dust is removed.

Washing the filter element in water This cleaning method is particularly recommended when the the filter element is clogged with oil substances. Wash the element using a jet of clean water (max. pressure 2.9 bar/42 psi) directed from the inside to the outside of the element. Leave the element to dry in a dust free environment for 24 hours.

Refitting the element Wipe out the air filter casing with a dry rag, and check that the element is not deformed. Hold a light inside the paper element to check for tears or holes in the paper fabric.

The filter element must be replaced after being cleaned 6 times, unless any small holes or tears are detected sooner, in which case it must be renewed immediately.

The inner safety element must never be cleaned. It must, however, be replaced after the main element has been cleaned 3 times.

128

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Washing the filter element

Cleaning the filter element using compressed air

Eliminating any residue from the element using a water jet

Inspecting the paper element for holes or tears using a light.

129

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Cooling system

Periodically: inspect the oil radiator/cooler and the cylinder fins.

The engine lubricating oil is cooled in a special radiator/cooler placed under the cooling air conveyor.

N.B. - Replace the belts as soon as they show signs of fraying or excessive wear at their sides.

IMPORTANT - To ensure efficient operation of the engine cooling system, the fins of the cylinders and the oil cooler must be kept clean. Remove the cover of the cooling fan cowling and clean using a compressed air jet.

More stubborn deposits may be removed used a brush.

Cylinder cooling fins' cleaning (depending on work conditions) Check cylinder fins for carbon deposits or incrustations and pay particular attention that the front grill is clean and free from leaves, straw, paper and anything that may obstruct the cooling air flow inlet.

Cleaning of the cylinder fins should be done by using a hook or a scraper, after having removed the cooling air duct, the oil radiator/cooler guard and loosened the rear deflector securing screws.

Engine front compartment - left side (3 cylinders) 1 - Air filter 2 - Air cleaner clogging indicator 3 - Fuel tank 4 - Fuel filler

130

SECTION V Engine left side

MAINTENANCE (3 cylinders) 1 - Starter motor 2 - Alternator

Engine front compartment - right side

(3 cylinders)

1 - Air filter 2 - Fuel tank

Engine right side (3 cylinders) 1 - Engine oil filter 2 - Engine oil cap 3 - Oil level dipstick 4 - Engine air duct

131

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Cleaning the oil cooler • (4 cylinders only)

The oil cooler can be cleaned with a compressed air jet, or, if necessary, a steam jet (max. pressure 6 bar/87 psi) or a water jet.

If the engine is to be cleaned at the same time, protect the air filter, the alternator and the starter motor.

Once all the components have been replaced, run the engine for a few minutes so that it heats up and dries any parts still wet.

Cleaning with detergents If you use detergents to clean the oil cooler, use commercial products that dissolve oil.

The detegrent can be mixed with water for application by spray gun or brush.

After applying the solution, wait after few minutes, then rinse off with clean water.

Cleaning with compressed air This operation is only suitable for removing dust. When cleaning the grilles or cab filter screens, make sure that the compressed air jet is directed in the opposite direction to the normal air flow.

Important: failure to keep the oil cooler clean can lead to overheating of the lubricated parts.

Warning: every time you clean the tractor, observe the applicable regulations for environmental protection.

132

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Adjusting belt tension To adjust belt tension: slacken screws A (battery charge alternator) as shown in figures. Now change the position of the alternator or the compressor until belt deflection when pressed at the centre of the free section is 20 mm - 0.79 in .

Engine: front view

1 - Engine fan unit 2 - Engine alternator 3 - Belt tensioner 4 - Engine drive pulley

133

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Clutch maintenance The hydrostatic clutch control system eliminates all need for clutch pedal adjustment.

The level of the clutch fluid in the reservoir is indicated by a warning light on the instrument console. When the low fluid level warning light illuminates, remove the filler cap and top up to the MAX mark.

Use DEXRON II or III fluid only.

Important: the same fluid reservoir is also used by the braking system.

In case of clutch malfunction, contact your authorized service centre.

Bleeding air from the hydraulic clutch circuit If clutch does not work properly, consult one of our Service Centres or check whether there is air within the hydraulic circuit by proceeding as follows: –

After removing the dust cap, loosen the bleed screw, slowly depress then hold down the clutch pedal and immediately tighten the bleed screw.

–

Release the pedal.

–

This operation should be repeated until the oil flows out of the bleeding valve without any air bubbles.

CAUTION: IF THE BELT IS BROKEN DO NOT RUN THE ENGINE AS THE COOLING FAN IS INOPERATIVE.

134

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear reduction units Every 50 hours: grease the rear axle shaft bearing.

Every 150 hours: check gearbox oil level through the dipstik placed in the gearbox rear side.

Every 1200 hours: replace the oil.

The tractor is equipped with a 15 micron filter which is installed on the return line from the hydrostatic steering, located on the right side of the tractor and has an interchangeable cartridge.

This filter cartridge should be renewed: • after the first 50 operating hours; • after the first 150 operating hours; • every 300 operating hours.

NB: if the indicator remains alight with the oil already warm and the engine running under load, the filter is considered due for replacement.

It is quite normal for the warning light to stay on a few minutes after starting the engine.

Right-hand side view of the gearbox casing 1 - Hydrostatic steering oil filter 2 - Gearbox oil filter

135

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

WARNING: when the filter clogged warning light ge the oil filters.

, comes on, chan-

Procedure for changing the transmission oil filters – Position a suitable receptacle underneath the filter.

– Unscrew the cartridge.

– Oil the new cartridge using the same oil as that used in the transmission.

– Screw on cartridge, tightening by hand only.

– On starting the engine, check for leaks around the cartridge sealing ring.

– Check the transmission oil level.

Underside view of the gearbox 1 -Gearbox oil drain plug

CAUTION: INSPECT THE DRIVE BELTS OVER THEIR ENTIRE LENGTH. IF DAMAGED OR CRACKED, RENEW IMMEDIATELY.

136

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

The tractor is equipped with a second filter with a filtration rating of 160 microns, installed on the right-hand side of the tractor on the first section of the oil suction pipe.

The filter is be renewed after the first 150 operating hours and subsequently every 1200 operating hours.

To change the suction line filter, just loosen the two retaining bands with rubber sleeves; to change the hydrostatic steering filter, simply unscrew the filter cartridge.

4 cylinders models are equipped with a gearbox oil cooler located in the front engine compartment.

To remove the radiator for servicing, release the spring catch and withdraw the radiator sideways from the right-hand side of the tractor.

The radiator can be cleaned with a compressed air jet, or, if necessary, a steam jet (max. pressure 6 bar) or a water jet.

137

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Checking the transmission oil level • • •

The tractor must be parked on level ground.

The engine must be running and the handbrake must be applied.

The 3-point linkage must be lowered.

NOTE: If noises occur in hydraulic pumps at operating temperature, a dirty oil filter could be the cause. In this case change the oil filter for the operating hydraulics immediately.

The hydraulic control valve levers must all be in neutral position.

The oil level must be checked when the engine is running at l ow speed ( about 1000 r.p.m.). The rear and front lifts (if present) must be fully lowered. Unscrew the cap with integral dipstick located on the left-hand rear axle casing near the gearbox.

Check the oil level by way of the level indicator plug located on the rear of the gearbox to the right of the power take-off.

If topping up is required, introduce oil of the specified quality through the filler plug located on top of the gearbox.

Re-start and run the engine for a few minutes, then check the oil level again.

Top up the level again if necessary, then replace filler cap with integral dipstick.

138

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Gearbox oil change When changing the oil it is necessary to also drain the oil inside the power-lift and hydrostatic steering circuits, as these units use the same oil as the gearbox .

To change the oil in the gearbox proceed in the following manner: Remove the plug from the underside of the gearbox and drain the oil into a suitably large container.

Replace the plug and pour fresh oil into the gearbox by way of the filler, which is located above the lift housing; continue pouring until the level shows in the circular sight glass at the rear of the gearbox casing.The checking to level maximum must be fact with engine running at the minimum r.p.m.

N.B.:The checking to level maximum must be fact always with engine running at the minimum r.p.m. Morever est necessary to hold the rear lift and the front lift all downs.

Check oil level with dipstick and top up if necessary.

Warning: take care when draining oil; hot oil can cause severe burns.

Used oil should be collected in suitable containers prior to being taken to a specialised disposal centre.

N.B. - Even just a few minutes operation without oil can cause the pumps to seize.

Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering Inspect the pipes for cracks or breaks and check for leaks around the pipe fittings and the control valve.

On illumination of the filter clogged warning light : change the filter.

Inspect the pipes for cracks or breaks and check for leaks around the pipe fittings and the control valve.

139

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Bleeding air from the hydraulic system When necessary, bleed the air from the steering system by loosening the two fittings on the steering cylinder and then turning the steering wheel in both directions (with the engine running) until the oil flowing from the fittings is free of air bubbles. Re-tighten the fittings and top up the transmission oil t hr ough t he f i l l er on t he right-hand side at the rear of the transmission casing.

N.B. - Even just a few minutes operation without oil can cause the pump to seize.

Greasing cylinders

the

steering

Inject grease using a grease pump through the grease nipples (two per cylinder) located on the cylinder pivot pins.

Maintenance of the rear axle Greasing The halfshaft bearings (one per side, as shown in the figure) must be greased at the int er val s speci f i ed i n t he maintenance schedule.

Inject grease through the nipples using a grease pump.

140

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the front driving axle Differential

Checking the oil level Remove the oil filler/level plug to check the oil level.

Changing the oil Drain the oil from drain hole located under the centre of the front axle

and fill through the hole on the right-hand side (see figure on left) until the oil level is up to the lower edge of the hole.

WARNING: FOR WHEELS DISASSEMBLING AND FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, LIFT THE TRACTOR, USING SPECIFIC TOOLS ONLY.

141

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Hub reduction units

Checking the oil level Rotate the hub so that filler/level plug is aligned horizontallly with the centre of the hub, and remove the plug.

The oil level should be up to the lower edge of the hole.

Changing the oil Drain the used oil from the drain hole located at the bottom of the hub.

Fill through the filler/level hole until the oil level is up to the lower edge of the hole.

Important: collect used oil in suitable containers prior to taking it to an authorised disposal centre.

CAUTION: APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER THE ENGINE HAS STOPPED AND BEFORE LEAVING THE TRACTOR.

142

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Greasing

Inject grease using a grease pump through the grease nipples located on the hub pivot pins.

Front axle oscillation bushes

Greasing Inject grease through the two grease nipples using a grease pump.

Checking operation of the differential lock controls Operate the controls and check that the differential lock is engaged and disengaged correctly.

WARNING: KEEP THE TRACTOR LOCKED, USING A CHOCK, WHEN PARKING ON SLEEP GROUND, REPAIRING OR MAINTENANCE OPERATING.

143

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the front and rear brakes The hydrostatic brake control system does away with any need to adjust the positions of the brake pedals.

Checking the braking action The user should operate the brakes to testthe braking action. If the brakes do not function correctly, contact your authorised service centre.

Bleeding air from the hydraulic braking system (to be carried out in the workshop) In the case of poor braking action, either contact an authorised service centre or check for air in the hydraulic circuit as follows:

separate the two brake pedals by detaching the connecting bolt

set the control to OFF

144

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

operate the right-hand brake pedal several times in quick succession;

then, keeping the pedal fully depressed, slightly unscrew and immediately re-close the air bleed screw for the rear right-hand brake.

Repeat this operation as many times as necessary until clean hydraulic fluid, free of any air bubbles, can be seen flowing out of the bleed screw.

Repeat this procedure on the bleed screw for the front right-hand brake.

Repeat the procedure on the bleed screws for left-hand front and rear brakes.

NOTE: When working on steep gradients, take care to ensure that all moving parts receive adequate lubrication.

NOTE: Always park the tractor on a level surface when changing the oil or checking the level.

WARNING: HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENTRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. LOOSEN CONNECTIONS SLOWLY, KEEPING HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF LOOSENED FITTINGS. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO LOCATE LEAKS, DO NOT USE YOUR FINGERS OR HANDS. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY FULID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.

145

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

The level of fluid in the brake fluid reservoir is indicated by a warning light on the instrument panel ; if the low brake fluid level warning light illuminates, remove the filler cap and add fluid to bring the level up to the MAX mark.

Important: the brake fluid reservoir also supplies the clutch system.

Warning: when driving the tractor on roads, insert the connecting bolt to lock the two brake pedals together.

Adjusting the handbrake

60 mm

Turn the adjuster screw A to reach the required level.

A 146

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

CAUTION: INSPECT PERIODICALLY THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL IN THE TANK. THE BRAKE FLUID TANK MUST BE ALWAYS FULL.

WARNING: FOR THE WHEELS REPLACEMENT AND FOR SOME MAINTAINING OR REPAIRING OPERATIONS, THE TRACTOR MUST LIFTED, USING SPECIFIC SAFETY SUPPORTS. NEVER USE AS SUPPORT THE IMPLEMENTS ATTACHED TO THE TRACTOR. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO GET ON THE TRACTOR, WHEN LIFTED FROM THE GROUND FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OPERATIONS.

WARNING: BATTERY POSTS, TERMINALS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES CONTAIN LEAD AND LEAD COMPOUNDS, CHEMICALS KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

CAUTION: ALL IMPLEMENTS MOUNTED TO THE TRACTOR MUST BE SAFELY ATTACHED.

147

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the 3-point linkage Rear 3-point linkage

Furthermore, the two lifting rods and the stabiliser tie-rods must be greased at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.

Greasing Inject grease at the grease nipples using a grease pump.

DANGER: DO NOT CONNECT, DISCONNECT OR ADJUST PTO WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING.

DANGER: THE DRIVEN IMPLEMENTS COULD ROTATE FOR SOME TIME AFTER P.T.O. HAS BEEN DISENGAGED. PLEASE STOP THE TRACTOR ENGINE AND WAIT UNTIL ALL THE MOVING PARTS OF IMPLEMENT HAVE COME TO A COMPLETE STANDSTILL, BEFORE TO START ANY SERVICING OPERATION.

NOTE: When adjusting the length of the top link of the 3-point hitch, take care that it does not come apart and ensure that a sufficient length of the threaded end of the turnbuckle is screwed into the turnbuckle housing to withstand the tractive force applied when working.

WARNING: THE IMPLEMENTS MUST ALWAYS BE LOWERED TO THE GROUND WHENEVER THE TRACTOR IS NOT OPERATING OR WHEN ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OPERATIONS ARE TO BE CARRIED OUT.

148

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic power-lift When the clogging pilot lamp lights up: change the transmission-lift oil filters installed on the middle section of the suction pipe on the right-hand side of the gearbox (loosen the two retaining bands with rubber sleeves).

Rear view of tractor A - Oil filler plug for gearbox/lift/steering and hydraulic services oil B - Grease nipples for lifting rods

DANGER: BEFORE DOING ANY JOB ON THE P.T.O. DRIVE LINE AND P.T.O. END SHAFT, ENSURE THAT PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE ENGINE SHUT OFF AND THE KEY REMOVED.

149

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the hydraulic trailer braking The tractor may be equipped with an optional hydraulic trailer braking system.

The oil used by the system is diverted from the main hydraulic system by a directional control valve.

This directional control valve is operated by a valve that is connected hydraulically to the hydrostatic control of the tractor brakes.

For trailers with a safety brake, the system is equipped with a specific directional control valve. This control valve has an ON-OFFcontrol that allows the valve to be connected hydraulically (ON position) or excluded (OFF position).

With the key in the ignition switch, when the control is in the OFF position, a warning light will illuminate on the instrument panel. This same light also illuminates to indicate insufficient pressure to operate the trailer brake.

The control valve is also connected to the handbrake, so that the trailer brake is applied when the handbrake is operated.

N.B. - For any adjustment of the braking system, contact your authorised Same service centre.

Directional control valve for hydraulic trailer braking 1 - Directional control valve

2 - Manual control lever

WARNING : when the trailer is hitched to the tractor, the lever on the distributor must always be in position 1 (reference reported on the distributor).

When the trailer is not hitched to the tractor or during the hitching and unhitching operations, the lever must always be in position O to cut out the main hydraulic circuit valve( reference reported on the distributor).

150

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

Tool box

WARNING: CONTACT WITH REFRIGERANT CAN CAUSE SEVERE SKIN LESIONS. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH THE EYES, DO NOT RUB EYES, SEEK IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.

151

SECTION V

MAINTENANCE

General cleaning of the tractor Clean the tractor with a steam or water jet (do not exceed 6 bar - 87.02 psi).

Protect all the data plates containing safety or service information. Should any of the data plates become illegible, have them replaced immediately.

If you intend to clean the engine at the same time, protect the air filter, alternator and starter motor.

After replacing any parts you removed prior to cleaning, run the engine for a few minutes to dry off any wet components.

Cleaning with detergents Choose commercial products that dissolve oil.

The detergent/water solution can be applied by spray gun or brush.

After applying the solution, wait a few minutes then rinse with clean water.

Cleaning with compressed air This cleaning method is only suitable for removing dust.

When cleaning the grilles in the engine compartment or the cab filters, always direct the air jet in the opposite direction to the normal air flow.

152

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

SECTION 6 - Electrical system Always disconnect the battery before carrying out any work on the electrical system. Before any welding operations, disconnect the battery and all the connectors of the electronic control units.

Battery Checking the battery DANGER: BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. KEEP FLAMES, SPARKS AND SMOKING MATERIAL AWAY FROM BATTERIES. VENTILATION IS REQUIRED, WHEN CHARGING OR STORING BATTERIES. AVOID CONTACT BETWEEN ACID AND SKIN OR CLOTHES.

The battery is of the maintenance-free type The electrolyte level should be between the minimum and maximum marks.

Check the battery charge level at the start of the winter season. Re-charge if necessary.

CAUTION: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY OPERATIONS, READ THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY DURING OPERATION OF THE TRACTOR.

CAUTION: DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLES, BEFORE TO VERIFY OR REPAIR THE ELECTRICAL WIRING OR BEFORE TO START WELDING OPERATIONS ON TRACTOR OR ON ATTACHED IMPLEMENTS.

WARNING: BATTERY POSTS, TERMINALS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES CONTAIN LEAD AND LEAD COMPOUNDS, CHEMICALS KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

153

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

To remove the battery from the tractor, proceed as follows: The battery is located in a compartment behind the driver’s seat.

1 - To access the battery, loosen the four knobs securing the cover and lift the cover upwards.

2 - Disconnect the earth lead from the negative terminal first and then disconnect the lead from the positive terminal.

3 - Loosen the 2 screws securing the battery retaining brackets and remove the battery from the support.

The terminal clamps must be kept clean and preferably coated with vaseline.

When refitting the battery, always connect the positive lead first and then the earth lead.

Important: Check frequently that the battery is securely anchored to its support.

WARNING: WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN CHARGING OR BOOSTING BATTERY.

WARNING: CONNECT ONLY TO A 12 VOLT SUPPLY TO BOOST BATTERY.

154

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Fuse box

The electrical system is protected by fuses which are grouped in a plastic fusebox positioned to the left of the dashboard.

Should any component of the electrical system fail to function, check the corresponding fuse and replace it as necessary. In the event of a sudden breakdown, temporarily replace a fuse covering an important function (e.g. a headlight) by another of less importance. Always switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment before changing a fuse or a relay.

NOTE: Always switch off the engine before checking or replacing fuses and relays.

NOTE: Only use original fuses. The electrical system could be irreparably damaged by fitting an unsuitable fuse.

DANGER: START THE ENGINE, WITH THE STARTER KEY, FROM THE OPERATOR’S SEAT ONLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE ENGINE BY SHORTING ACROSS THE STARTER TERMINALS. THE MACHINE WILL START IN GEAR IF THE NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT IS BYPASSED. THIS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO ANYONE IN THE VICINITY OF THE TRACTOR. ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE STARTER SOLENOID COVER IS ALWAYS IN POSITON.

DANGER: TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE DANGEROUS SPARKS WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO FUEL DEPOSITS OR OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.

155

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Fuse box symbology 3

4

6

7

8

10

10 A

7.5 A

13

START

11 12

40 A

9

40 A

10 A

5A

SERVIZI20 A

R1-R3

ELECT.115 A

STOP 10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

II

5

20 A

2

15 A

1

10 A

14

15

15 ELECT.1

STOP R4

R3

R2

1 - Sidelight - 10A 2 - Sidelight - 10A 3 - Direction indicators - 10A 4 - STOP - 10A 5 - Electronic devices - 10A 6 - Fuse releis R1 - R3 - 5A 7 - Fuel lift pump - 10A 8 - Services - 20A 9 - Hazard warning - 15A 10 - Steering column switch - lights input - 20A 11 - Preheating - 40A 12 - Key starting - 40A 13 - Fuel reserve - 7,5 A 14 - Main beam headlights - 10A 15 - Low beam headlights - 10A R1 Preheating relay R2 Start enable relay R3 Keystart switch circuits relay R4 Lights relay

Colours of wires connected to fuse holder box M - brown N - black C - orange L - blue

156

V - green S - pink A - light blue G - yellow

Z - purple R - red B - white H - grey

R1

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Before changing a blown fuse, switch off the electrical power at the ignition switch, eliminate the problem which caused the fuse to blow, and then replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.

Electrical system 2 3 4-5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Clutch safety start Stop sensor Stop lights Preheating glow plug Preheating glow plug lamp Preheating solenoid valve Preheating switch Teste temperature sensor Engine oil temperature sensor Hazard warning triangle

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 30 32 33 34 35 36 37 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54

Fuel low warning lamp Fuel gauge Fuel gauge sensor Oil temperature gauge Oil/liquid temperature sensor Rear PTO selection lamp (540 rpm) PTO engage sensor 540 rpm Rear PTO selection lamp (1000 rpm) PTO engage sensor 1000 rpm 4WD lamp Trailer brake lamp Trailer brake sensor Tractor meter Alternator lamp Hydraulic oil filter clog lamp Hydraulic oil filter clog sensor Air filter clog lamp Air filter clog sensor Brake fluid level lamp Brake fluid level sensor Rear PTO to move lamp Service sensor (solenoid valve block pressure) Ground speed pto lamp Ground speed pto sensor Low engine oil pressure lamp Low engine oil pressure sensor DIff-lock lamp Diff-lock switch Diff-lock solenoid valve 4WD switch 4WD solenoid valve

157

SECTION VI 59 60 61 62 63 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 93 94 95 96

Rear pto solenoid valve Rear PTO start switch Economy PTO selection lamp Economy PTO sensor Handbrake sensor Parking lights lamp Front left parking light Rear right parking light Front right parking light Rear left parking light Registration plate light Right dipped beam Left dipped beam Left high beam Right high beam High beam indicator lamp Horn Direction indicator lamp First trailer direction indicator lamp Second trailer direction indicator lamp Front Left Direction Indicator Rear left direction indicator Front right direction indicator Rear right direction indicator Rear work lights Rotating beacon socket Seat socket Flashing light socket

A B C D E F G H I M N P P1

Ignition switch Starter motor Electronic regulator control unit Front control valves variant 65A alternator with w socket Lights, indicators and horn command Direction indicator command control unit Hazard warning command Trailer socket H M L control unit Preheating control unit Tank II fuel pump.

Engine fuel pump

R1 R2 R3 R4 R5

Preheating relay Start enable relay Keystart switch circuits relay Lights relay Temperature relay

158

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

B

-VCC

A

M4

50

30

L 4

F1

H 4

M M 4 1

15

R2

30/1

40A

2

L 4

M V 1

MV1

F7

N 1

R3

5A

F16 7.5A

P1

R V

P

H R

F6 10A

POMPA GASOLIO II SERBAT.

R 4

POMPA GASOLIO

+12 VCC

F2

R1

40A

R 4

M 4 N 1 M N 4 1

3 2

6

R N 4

1

CENT. PRERIS.

N

8

B N 1

5

6 4 R 1

9

S1

H N 1

17

19

1 3

2

18

7

C

MB 1

37

AN

36

45

F8

20

41

40

15A

11

5.6

43

RV

B 1 ZN

42

MB1

39

GN1

63

22

R5

10

12

47

46

H G M 1

52

30 30b

51

HR

50

R

L

49

48

49

15

R

L

30

AR

30b

53 30

49

15

54

62

61

V B

A G

Z B R Z 33

32

23

22

34

25

24

N V

B

60 30

59

ALTER

L 1

30b

35

R

L

G R 1

44

15 49

E

a3

CENTR. H-M-L

a2

M

SECTION VI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Electronic system diagram -part one

159

MOTORE

160

a3

a2

10A

F9

5

3

+12 VOLT

CABINA

L B 1

4

RN1

R4

N 1

10A

66

F11

RG1

G N 1 H 1 73

H 1 74

V-N 1.5

V 1 76

V 1

Z 1

G 1 71

77

STOP

RN1

4

3 I

1

75

5

LUCI DI POSIZIONE

72

V 1

7

G1

70

G 1

6

69

G 1

V 1.5

10A

10A

10A G1.5

F14

F13

F12

LUCI POSIZIONE

68

G N 1

H1.5

GV1.5

GN1

67

G N 1

G 2.5

GN1

F

GV1.5

N1

1

G

3 4

F

6

B N 1 .

5 V B 1 .

5

N 1

83

R N 0 .

5

5

DIR.

DIR.

84

A R 0 .

5

2

Z 1

AN1

85

CENTR. FRECCE

A1

86 87

AN1

B1.5

SG1.5

49

15

H 30

88

89

A1

AN1

49a

F4 15A

F10 10A

F3 20A

L R

93

M 1 .

5

5

G V 1

F5

G V 1 .

5

PRESA LAMP.

96

20A

94 PRESA LAMP.

G V 1 .

5

PRESA SEDILE

95

G V 1 .

5

SECTION VI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Electronic system diagram -part two

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Lights Cleaning the headlights and sidelights NOTE: Switch off the front and rear lights before cleaning them.

Clean with water or specific commercial products. We recommend that you switch off the lights before cleaning.

Bulb replacement Front headlights H4 12V 60/55W double filament bulb The headlights have double- filament bulbs for main and dipped beam ilumination.

To replace the bulbs, remove the front grille and proceed as follows:

– – –

detach connector 1 from the base of the bulb. peel back and remove the rubber cover 2. turn slightly the spring clip 3 that holds the bulb base 4 in position and detach it from the reflector.

WARNING: avoid touching the inner surface of the reflector. Make sure no foreign material gets inside the reflector.

– – –

Insert the new bulb so that the locator tabs engage the notches in the rim of the reflctor 5.

Replace the ruber cover 2, making sure that it fits snugly against the edge of the reflector.

Push connector 1 onto the terminals on the bulb base.

161

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Rear light assemblies The tractor is equipped with two rear light assemblies on each fender (right and left) comprising the following lights:

A - red tail light.

Bulb: DIN 72601-R5W 12V 5W B - brake light.

Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W C - direction indicator light.

Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W To replace any of these bulbs, proceed as follows: – Remove the screws 1 securing the red or yellow-red lens 2.

– Gently remove the lens 2 to access the bulb.

– Turn the defective bulb counter-clockwise under slight pressure as far as it will go.

– Remove the bulb.

– Insert the new bulb and turn clockwise under slight pressure as far as it will go.

– Replace the lens 2 and secure with the screws 1.

162

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Front sidelights and direction indicators The light clusters mounted on each side of the tractor contain two bulbs: A - sidelights B - direction indicators.

Bulb: DIN 72601-R5W 12V 5W - sidelight Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W - direction indicator To replace either of the bulbs, proceed as follows:

– – – – – –

remove the two screws securing the yellow-white lens. gently remove the lens to access the bulb. apply light pressure and turn the defective bulb counter-clockwise as far as it will go. remove the bulb. insert the new bulb, apply light pressure and turn it clockwise as far as it will go. replace the lens and the two retaining screws.

163

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Rear work lights for tractors with platform

To replace the bulb, proceed as follows: – Remove the rubber gasket and then the glass cover.

– Push down lightly on the bulb while turning it counter-clockwise as far as it will go.

– Pull out the bulb.

– Push the new bulb fully into the holder, and, applying light downward pressure, turn the bulb clockwise as far as it will go.

– Refit the glass cover and the rubber gasket.Rear work lights for tractors with platform.

WARNING: only fit replacement bulbs of the same type and specification as those originally fitted.

DANGER: WHEN HANDLING BATTERIES: - AVOID BREATHING IN FUMES PRODUCED BY THE ACID SOLUTION (if the acid is accidentally swallowed, drink plenty of water or milk, then drink beaten eggs or vegetal oil; seek medical attention immediately) - USE THE APPROPRIATE PROCEDURE WHEN CHARGING - CLEAN ALL PARTS WHERE ACID SOLUTION MIGHT HAVE SPILLED. IF IT SPILLS ON THE HANDS, NEUTRALIZE IT WITH HYDRATED LIME OR SODIUM BICARBONATE. IF IT HITS THE EYES, RINSE REPEATEDLY FOR 10-15 MINUTES, THEN SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.

164

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Headlight alignment

The tractor must be in normal road-going conditions and parked on a level surface at a distance of 10 m (32,8 Ft) from a wall (tyres must be inflated to the correct pressures and the front wheels must be positioned for travel in a straight line).

Switch on the dipped beam headlights.

1 - points on the wall corresponding to the centres of the headlights A - distance apart of headlights H - height of headlights h - distance of the centre of the beam from the horizontal axis X - distance between headlights and wall

165

SECTION VI

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Turn the adjuster screws indicated by the arrows in the figure to move the beam in a vertical or horizontal direction.

NOTE: in order to determine the points on the wall corresponding to the centres of the headlights, we recommend that you bring the tractor up to the wall with the dipped headlights on, mark the centres on the wall and then move back to a distance of 10 m (32,8 ft) from the wall.

Horizontal adjustment With the headlights switched on, the centres of the beams should be apart the distance A indicated in the figure.

Vertical adjustment With the headlights on, the lines delimiting the light and dark zones on the wall should 10cm (3,94 in) apart as shown in the figure.

IMPORTANT: The figure refers to headlight alignment for driving on the right-hand side of the road. For driving on the left-hand side of the road, the dark beam zone projected on the wall must be symmetrical to that shown in the figure (i.e. the points of the dark zone that penetrate the light zone must always be directed towards the edge of the road).

DANGER: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY TERMINALS CORRECTLY. DANGER OF SHORT-CIRCUIT!

CAUTION: ALWAYS WEAR CLOTHING SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. IF NECESSARY, USE HEARING PROTECTION PLUGS AND WEAR EYE PROTECTION.

166

SECTION VII

STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR

SECTION 7 - Storage of the tractor Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a long period for example, before winter If the tractor is not to be used for a long period, we recommend that you carry out the following operations to prevent certain components from deteriorating during storage.

–

Run engine to thoroughly warm oil in crankcase. Drain oil and install new filter element. Refill crankcase with fresh oil as recommended in Specification section.

–

Top up the cooling system radiator with the prescribed coolant with anti-freeze and anti-corrosion properties.

–

Fill the fuel tank completely to prevent the condensation forming inside the tank.

–

Start the engine and check that the fuel system and the injection system are functioning correctly.

–

Check that the fuel filters are clean.

–

Slightly loosen the fuel filler cap and the radiator cap so that the relative seals are not kept under pressure.

–

Clean the air filter element. Lubricate the tractor as specified in the maintenance schedule.

–

Remove the battery from the tractor and clean the two terminals (positive/negative).

–

The battery should be charged and then stored in a cool, dry place.

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

167

SECTION VII

STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR

–

Cover the exhaust pipe with a plastic sheet held in place with adhesive tape. The tractor must be completely clean; touch-up any scratches in the paintwork to prevent rust from forming.

–

Apply a layer of grease to exposed metal surfaces as a protection against rust.

The tractor should be stored in a suitable garage, and preferably not exposed to dust. If the tractor has to be stored outside, cover it with a sheet.

IMPORTANT: do not leave the tractor idle for a long period without having first carried out the operations listed above.

Preparing the tractor for use after a long period of storage

–

Remove the tractor from the wheel stands (if used).

–

Remove the cover sheet (if any);

–

Remove the cover from the exhaust.

–

Charge and refit the battery (follow the instructions given in this manual).

–

Start the engine and allow to tick over slowly for a few minutes.

–

Do not use the throttle until you are sure that the engine is running correctly.

–

Carry out all the operations prescribed in this manual for the start of the working season; the tractor will then be ready to be put back into service.

168

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 8 - Technical specifications X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50

AGROLUX F60

Engine Manufacturer

DEUTZ

DEUTZ

Type

F3L914 EURO II

Cycle Iniection

diesel / 4 Strokes Direct

Cylinders Cylinder arrangement Bore x stroke ratio Displacement Aspiration Compression ratio Rated power Rated engine speed Maximum torque Revs. at maximum torque

n°

3 IN LINE

mm (in)

102 x 132 (4.02 x 5.20)

cc (in)

3236 (197.40) Natural 18:1

Kw/CV rpm Nm (lbf ft)

38,30 / 51,36

41 / 55,78 2200

207 (152.77)

205 (151.29)

rpm.

1600

1606

Specific horsepower Cooling

cv/l

15,87

17,23

Low idling speed Peak speed

rpm rpm

by air

Oil filter with replaceable cartridge Injector pressure settings Injection pump

n. bar (psi)

Engine air filter - diameter

650 ± 50 2400 ± 50 1 250 ± 12 (3626 ± 174.05) PP 3M 10 P1 7” - 8”

Underhood silencer with horizontal exhaust

X

Oil cooler Air cleaner (dry with safety cartridge)

X X

Fuel filter

X

with replaceable cartridge

169

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F70

AGROLUX F80

Engine Manufacturer Type

DEUTZ

DEUTZ F4L914 EURO II

Cycle Iniection Cylinders Cylinder arrangement Bore x stroke ratio Displacement Aspiration

diesel / 4 Strokes Direct 4

n° mm (in)

IN LINE 102 x 132 (4.02 x 5.20)

cc (in)

4314 (263.15) Natural

Compression ratio

18:1

Rated power Rated engine speed

Kw/CV giri/min.

52,4 / 71,29

Maximum torque Revs. at maximum torque Specific horsepower

Nm (lbf ft)

263 (194.09)

275 (202.95)

1700 16,53

1701 17,23

Cooling Low idling speed

giri/min. cv/l

56,8 / 77,28 2200

giri/min

by air 650 ± 50

Peak speed Oil filter with replaceable

giri/min

2400 ± 50

cartridge Injector pressure settings

n. bar (psi)

1 250 ± 12 (3626 ± 174.05)

Injection pump Engine air filter - diameter Underhood silencer with horizontal exhaust Oil cooler Air cleaner (dry with safety cartridge) Fuel filter with replaceable cartridge

170

PP 4M 10 P1 7” - 8”

8” X X X X

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60

AGROLUX F70 - F80

x

x

280 11 1

280 11 1

organic

organic

Transmission Dry single-disc clutch - with hydrostatic control Diameter mm inches n°

n° disks Material

Gearbox - 16 FWD+8 REV Mechanical synchronized 4-speed gearbox with 2 ranges and mini-reduction gearbox (underdrive) - 20 FWD+10 REV Mechanical synchronized 5-speed gearbox with 2 ranges and mini-reduction gearbox - 30 FWD+15 REV Mechanical synchronized 5-speed gearbox with 2 ranges, super-reduction (creeper) and mini-reduction gearbox Forced lubrication Oil cooler

x -

x x

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

171

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60

AGROLUX F70 - F80

Rear power take-off Oil-immersed disk clutch with electro-hydraulic operation Ouput shaft (profile)

6/21 splines (1" 3/8)

X 6/21 splines (1" 3/8)

6/21 splines (1" 3/8)

P.T.O. speed

Engine speed 540

rpm

540 - 750 540 - 1000 540 - 750 - 1000 1967

Engine speed 750 - with 540 - 750 - with 540 - 750 - 1000

rpm rpm

1560 1586

Engine speed 1000

rpm

2043

Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60 - F70 - F80

Synchronized power take-off Outlet terminal with 6 splines (1" 3/8) Ratio between synchronised P.T.O. shaft speed and rear axle revolutions.

P.T.O. revolutions per axle revolution

30 km/h 18.6 mph

40 km/h 24.8 mph

9,47

9,45

For convenience we also give P.T.O speed per metre of travel for the various tyre sizes.

Rear tyres

P.T.O. r.p.m. for meter travel 30 km/h 18.6 mph

40 km/h 24.8 mph

380/70R20 320/70R24

2,95 2,92

2,95 2,92

360/70R24 420/70R24

2,78 2,55

2,78 2,55

13.6R28

2,47

2,47

420/70R28 380/70R24

2,35 2,69

2,35 2,69

172

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60

AGROLUX F70 - F80

Brakes Integral braking on all 4 wheels with hydrostatic operation Oil immersed front and rear disks Disk diameter: front mm/(in) rear mm/(in)

x x 224/(8.8) 280/(11)

Parking brake

independent

Hydraulic trailer brake valve

o

Steering Hydrostatic with angle and reach adjustable steering wheel Pump capacity l/min(Gpm) Steering angle 4WD Minimum turning radius*

x 41(10,8)

n° mm in

60 3450 135.93

3690 145.39

*: calculated without brakes.

Front axle Front and rear diff. lock with electro-hydraulic operation Transmission ratio: front wheel revs. for each wheel wheel rev.

30 Km/h (18.6 mph) 40 Km/h (24.8 mph)

x

1,4824 1,4797

173

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60

AGROLUX F70 - F80

Rear hydraulic lift Load sensing” hydraulic lift Max. lifting capacity without suppl. cylinders

x kg/(lb)

1600/(3524)

kg/(lb)

1600/(3524)

Hydraulic rear lift Max. lifting capacity without suppl. cylinders

Hydraulic rh lifting rod and top link

o

Automatic coupling links Max. pump flow rate at full power

o l/min (Gpm)

54(120)

Hydraulic system The hydraulic system is equipped with 2 oil pumps: • 11 cc (0.67 inc) pump, capacity 27 l(7.1 U.S. gal)/min. Supplies the hydrostatic steering circuit, the electrohydraulic controls power unit and the transmission lubrication circuit.

• 22,5 cc (1.37 inc) pump , with capacity of 54 l(14.2 U.S. gal)/min. Supplies the trailer hydraulic braking distributor, the auxiliary hydraulic distributors and the hydraulic power-lift.

The hydraulic system is equipped with a 160 micron filter, installed on the first section of the suction line. A second filter, with a filtration rating of 15 microns and an interchangeable cartridge, is installed on the pressure line from the pump.

Auxiliary hydraulic distributors Standard: 4-way • with two double-acting ways • two double-acting ways convertible to single-acting with detent Optional: 6-way • two double-acting ways convertible to single-acting with Kick-Out • two double-acting ways convertible to single-acting with detent • two double-acting ways with float control FLOW DIVIDER or flow control that allows adjustment of constant flow rate from 3-42 l(0.8-11 U.S. gal)/min at the two ways equipped with KICK-OUT.

174

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50 - F60

AGROLUX F70 - F80

Electrical system Battery - standard

V Ah A

12 100 500

- optional V Ah A V / Ah

Alternator

12 100 650 14/65

Roll bar The maximum noise level, measured at the ear of the driver in accordance with the test method described in Addendum II to the European Directive EEC 77/311 is the following: CAB Model

Type of cab

ROLL BAR

Maximum noise level measured at the driver’s seat with doors and windows open db(A)

closed db(A)

Type of roll bar

Maximum noise level measured at the driver’s seat db(A)

Agrolux F50

-

-

-

T82

86

Agrolux F60

-

-

-

T82

86

Agrolux F70

-

-

-

T82

86

Agrolux F80

-

-

-

T82

86

Warning! If the noise level with continuous tractor operation turns out to be equal to or greater than 85 dB(A), the user needs to take the appropriate precautions, as stated in the Italian Legislative Decree DL no. 277 dated 15/08/1991, in articles 41, 42, 43 and 44.

Fuel tank Fuel tank capacity

L (U.S. gal)

~ 60 (~ 15.85)

Supply fuel tank capacity

L (U.S. gal)

-

175

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F50

AGROLUX F60

Dimensions With tyres - front - rear

7.0-75 R 16” 320/70 R 24”

Max. length A - without rear lift arms - with rear lift arms

mm (in) mm (in)

3045 (119.97) 3350 (131.99)

Width - minimum B1 - maximum B2 Ground clearance D

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

1370 (53.98) 1570 (61.86) 350 (13.79)

Wheelbase F Max. height - at safety frame C1 - at steering wheel C2

mm (in)

2002 (78.88)

mm (in) mm (in)

2150 (84.71) 1305 (51.42)

Front track width E - minimum - maximum

mm (in) mm (in)

1115 (43.93) 1325 (52.21)

Rear track width G - minimum - maximum

mm (in) mm (in)

1050 (41.37) 1250 (49.25)

176

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

X = Standard O = Optional Description

AGROLUX F70

AGROLUX F80

Dimensions With tyres - front - rear

280/70 R 20” 380/70 R 24”

Max. length A - without rear lift arms - with rear lift arms

mm (in) mm (in)

3250 (128.05) 3570 (140.66)

Width - minimum B1 - maximum B2 Ground clearance D

mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)

1490 (58.71) 1760 (69.34) 360 (14.18)

Wheelbase F Max. height - at safety frame C1 - at steering wheel C2

mm (in)

2132 (84.01)

mm (in) mm (in)

2260 (89.04) 1335 (52.60)

Front track width E - minimum - maximum

mm (in) mm (in)

1165 (45.90) 1335 (52.60)

Rear track width G - minimum - maximum

mm (in) mm (in)

1090 (42.95) 1380 (54.37)

177

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast) AGROLUX F50 F60 F70

4RM

F80

WEIGHT OF TRACTOR WITH FRAME Kg (lb) Front

Rear

TOTAL

1000 (2204.60)

1380 (3042.35)

2380 (5246.95)

1000 (2204.60)

1380 (3042.35)

2380 (5246.95)

1000 (2204.60)

1440 (3164.32)

2440 (5379.22)

1000 (2204.60)

1440 (3164.32)

2440 (5379.22)

Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast) * AGROLUX F50 F60 F70

4RM

F80

WEIGHT OF TRACTOR WITH FRAME Kg (lb) Front

Rear

TOTAL

1264 (2786.61)

1552 (3421.54)

2816 (6208.15)

1264 (2786.61)

1552 (3421.54)

2816 (6208.15)

1264 (2786.61)

1612 (3553.82)

2876 (6340.43)

1264 (2786.61)

1612 (3553.82)

2876 (6340.43)

* - The term “weight of tractor with ballast” refers to the weight of the tractor with both the front ballast and the rear wheel ballast weights (see page 104)

Maximum permissible loads AGROLUX

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOADS Kg (lb) Front

Rear

TOTAL

F50

4RM

2000 (4409.20)

2900 (6393.34)

4900 (10802.54)

F60

4RM

2000 (4409.20)

2900 (6393.34)

4900 (10802.54)

F70

4RM

2000 (4409.20)

2900 (6393.34)

4900 (10802.54)

F80

4RM

2000 (4409.20)

2900 (6393.34)

4900 (10802.54)

N.B.: the above data are dependent on use of the tyre sizes recommended for each model.

178

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Maximum trailerable loads •

Tow implements WITHOUT BRAKES as follows: - DO NOT exceed 30 km/h (18.6 mph) - the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT exceed the weight of the towing tractor.

•

Tow implements with MECHANICAL BRAKES as follows: - DO NOT exceed 30 km/h (18.6 mph) - the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT exceed 5000 kg (11023 lb).

•

Tow implements with PNEUMATIC or HYDRAULIC BRAKES activated from the tractor as follows: - DO NOT exceed 40 km/h (24.9 mph) - the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT exceed 4 times the weight of the towing tractor, with a maximum limit of 20000 kg (44092 lb).

NOTE: the tractor should be equipped with a suitable automatic dual air and hydraulic trailer braking system that must be connected to the trailer’s hydraulic or air braking system.

Ballast weights Front ballast AGROLUX F50 - F60 - F70 - F80

FRONT BALLAST

Material

metal

Position

overhung

Fixing

bolts

Number

12

Unit mass Kg (lb)

22 (48.50)

Total mass Kg (lb)

264 (582.01)

Ballast support Kg (lb)

70 (154.32)

179

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Rear ballast AGROLUX F50 - F60 - F70 - F80

REAR DISC BALLAST *

Material

metal

Position

rear wheel

Fixing Number

bolts 2 (1 SX + 1 DX)

Unit mass Kg (lb) Total mass Kg (lb)

4 (2 SX + 2 DX) 43 (94.80)

86 (189.60)

172 (379.19)

*: Available only with 28” wheels

Speed tables Speed plate

The plate indicates the maximum speeds of the tractor and is located to the right of the driver on the fender.

The maximum speeds in the various gears vary according to the tyre pairings fitted (for tyre pairings see page 96).

Like the safety data plates, this plate should be replaced if it becomes difficult to read or if a different tyre pairing is fitted.

180

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

A1

1

MOTORE

1SR 2SR 3SR 4SR 5SR 1L 2L 3L 4L 5L 1V 2V 3V 4V 5V

P T O

B1

XXXX 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0

A1

B1

XXXX 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0 00.0

A1

B1

XXXX 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.90 00.0 00.0 00.0

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0 00.0

A1 B1

2

XXXX

RPM

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0 0 0 .0

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 00.0 00.0 00.0 00.0

XXX XXX

XXX XXX

XXX XXX

XXX XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

XXX

A

V E L. Km/h P N E U M.

3

4

xx.yRzz"

RPM

5 B

Example plate (5-speed gearbox with creeper) 12345-

Gear engaged indication.

Engine speed.

Indication of system used (metric or imperial).

Indication of tyre pairings for which the plate data is valid.

Pto speed indication According to the engine speed and the selected PTO speed (540-750-1000) A - Reference colour for the speeds according to the position of the shuttle lever (see page 37) B - Reference colour for the speeds according to the position of the shuttle lever (see page 37) A1 - Tractor speed according to the engine speed (2) and the position of the shuttle lever B1 - Tractor speed according to the engine speed (2) and the position of the shuttle lever

Speed tables WARNING: The abbreviated definitions in the speed tables are to be interpreted as follows:

LEN: Slow MED: Medium VEL: Normal Min Mini-reduction gear unit Note: to convert Km/h in mph multiply by: 0.6214 Es: Km/h 0,28 x 0.6214 = 0.17 mph

181

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

40Km/h (24.8 mph) VERSION 4-SPEED GEARBOX x 2 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

16 FORWARD SPEEDS Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h 1.528

1^ MED. Min.

1.218

1.230

1.290

1.337

1.409

1.457

1^ MED.

1.478

1.493

1.565

1.623

1.710

1.768

1.855

2^ MED. Min.

1.931

1.950

2.045

2.121

2.234

2.310

2.423

2^ MED.

2.344

2.367

2.482

2.574

2.712

2.804

2.942

3^ MED. min.

3.061

3.091

3.242

3.362

3.542

3.662

3.842

3^ MED.

3.716

3.752

3.935

4.080

4.299

4.445

4.663

4^ MED. min.

4.845

4.893

5.130

5.320

5.605

5.795

6.080

4^ MED.

5.881

5.939

6.227

6.458

6.804

7.034

7.380

1^ VEL. min.

6.701

6.767

7.095

7.358

7.752

8.015

8.409

1^ VEL.

8.134

8.214

8.612

8.931

9.410

9.729

10.207

2^ VEL. min.

10.626

10.730

11.251

11.668

12.293

12.710

13.335

2^ VEL.

12.898

13.024

13.657

14.162

14.921

15.427

16.186

3^ VEL. min.

16.845

17.011

17.836

18.497

19.488

20.148

21.139

3^ VEL.

20.447

20.647

21.649

22.451

23.654

24.456

25.659

4^ VEL. min.

26.661

26.923

28.230

29.275

30.843

31.889

33.457

4^ VEL.

32.361

32.678

34.265

35.534

37.437

38.706

40.610

8 REVERSE GEAR 1^ MED.

-1.306

-1.319

-1.383

-1.434

-1.511

-1.562

-1.639

2^ MED.

-2.071

-2.091

-2.192

-2.273

-2.395

-2.476

-2.598

3^ MED.

-3.282

-3.315

-3.475

-3.604

-3.797

-3.926

-4.119

4^ MED.

-5.195

-5.246

-5.501

-5.704

-6.010

-6.214

-6.519

1^ VEL.

-7.185

-7.255

-7.607

-7.889

-8.312

-8.593

-9.016

2^ VEL.

-11.393 -11.504 -12.063 -12.510 -13.180 -13.627 -14.297

3^ VEL.

-18.061 -18.238 -19.123 -19.831 -20.894 -21.602 -22.664

4^ VEL.

-28.585 -28.865 -30.266 -31.387 -33.069 -34.190 -35.871

182

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

40Km/h (24.8 mph) VERSION 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 2 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

20 FORWARD GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h 1.528

1^ MED. min.

1.218

1.230

1.290

1.337

1.409

1.457

1^ MED.

1.478

1.493

1.565

1.623

1.710

1.768

1.855

2^ MED. min.

1.740

1.757

1.842

1.910

2.013

2.081

2.183

2^ MED.

2.112

2.132

2.236

2.319

2.443

2.526

2.650

3^ MED. min.

2.493

2.517

2.639

2.737

2.884

2.981

3.128

3^ MED.

3.026

3.055

3.204

3.322

3.500

3.619

3.797

4^ MED. min.

3.483

3.517

3.688

3.825

4.030

4.166

4.371

4^ MED.

4.228

4.269

4.477

4.643

4.891

5.057

5.306

5^ MED. min.

4.845

4.893

5.130

5.320

5.605

5.795

6.080

5^ MED.

5.881

5.939

6.227

6.458

6.804

7.034

7.380

1^ VEL. min.

6.701

6.767

7.095

7.358

7.752

8.015

8.409

1^ VEL.

8.134

8.214

8.612

8.931

9.410

9.729

10.207

2^ VEL. min.

9.572

9.666

10.135

10.511

11.074

11.449

12.012

2^ VEL.

11.619

11.733

12.302

12.758

13.441

13.897

14.580

3^ VEL. min.

13.715

13.850

14.522

15.060

15.867

16.405

17.212

3^ VEL.

16.648

16.811

17.627

18.280

19.259

19.912

20.891

4^ VEL. min.

19.167

19.354

20.294

21.046

22.173

22.925

24.052

4^ VEL.

23.264

23.492

24.633

25.545

26.913

27.826

29.194

5^ VEL. min.

26.661

26.923

28.230

29.275

30.843

31.889

33.457

5^ VEL.

32.361

32.678

34.265

35.534

37.437

38.706

40.610

1^ MED.

-1.306

-1.319

-1.383

-1.434

-1.511

-1.562

-1.639

2^ MED.

-1.865

-1.883

-1.975

-2.048

-2.158

-2.231

-2.341

3^ MED.

-2.672

-2.699

-2.830

-2.934

-3.092

-3.196

-3.354

4^ MED.

-3.735

-3.771

-3.954

-4.101

-4.320

-4.467

-4.687

5^ MED.

-5.195

-5.246

-5.501

-5.704

-6.010

-6.214

-6.519

1^ VEL.

-7.185

-7.255

-7.607

-7.889

-8.312

-8.593

-9.016

2^ VEL.

-10.263 -10.363 -10.867 -11.269 -11.873 -12.275 -12.879

3^ VEL.

-14.705 -14.849 -15.570 -16.147 -17.012 -17.588 -18.453

4^ VEL.

-20.549 -20.751 -21.758 -22.564 -23.773 -24.579 -25.787

5^ VEL.

-28.585 -28.865 -30.266 -31.387 -33.069 -34.190 -35.871

10 REVERSE GEAR

183

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

40Km/h (24.8 mph) VERSION 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 3 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

30 FORWARD GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

1^ LEN. min.

.193

.195

.204

.212

.223

.231

.242

1^ LEN.

.234

.236

.248

.257

.271

.280

.294

2^ LEN. min.

.275

.278

.292

.302

.319

.329

.346

2^ LEN.

.334

.338

.354

.367

.387

.400

.420

3^ LEN. min.

.395

.399

.418

.433

.457

.472

.495

3^ LEN.

.479

.484

.507

.526

.554

.573

.601

4^ LEN. min.

.552

.557

.584

.606

.638

.660

.692

4^ LEN.

.669

.676

.709

.735

.774

.801

.840

5^ LEN. min.

.767

.775

.812

.842

.888

.918

.963

5^ LEN.

.931

.940

.986

1.022

1.077

1.114

1.169

1^ MED. min.

1.218

1.230

1.290

1.337

1.409

1.457

1.528

1^ MED.

1.478

1.493

1.565

1.623

1.710

1.768

1.855

2^ MED. min.

1.740

1.757

1.842

1.910

2.013

2.081

2.183

2^ MED.

2.112

2.132

2.236

2.319

2.443

2.526

2.650

3^ MED. min.

2.493

2.517

2.639

2.737

2.884

2.981

3.128

3^ MED.

3.026

3.055

3.204

3.322

3.500

3.619

3.797

4^ MED. min.

3.483

3.517

3.688

3.825

4.030

4.166

4.371

4^ MED.

4.228

4.269

4.477

4.643

4.891

5.057

5.306

5^ MED. min.

4.845

4.893

5.130

5.320

5.605

5.795

6.080

5^ MED.

5.881

5.939

6.227

6.458

6.804

7.034

7.380

1^ VEL. min.

6.701

6.767

7.095

7.358

7.752

8.015

8.409

1^ VEL.

8.134

8.214

8.612

8.931

9.410

9.729

10.207

2^ VEL. min.

9.572

9.666

10.135

10.511

11.074

11.449

12.012

2^ VEL.

11.619

11.733

12.302

12.758

13.441

13.897

14.580

3^ VEL. min.

13.715

13.850

14.522

15.060

15.867

16.405

17.212

3^ VEL.

16.648

16.811

17.627

18.280

19.259

19.912

20.891

4^ VEL. min.

19.167

19.354

20.294

21.046

22.173

22.925

24.052

4^ VEL.

23.264

23.492

24.633

25.545

26.913

27.826

29.194

5^ VEL. min.

26.661

26.923

28.230

29.275

30.843

31.889

33.457

5^ VEL.

32.361

32.678

34.265

35.534

37.437

38.706

40.610

184

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

40Km/h (24.8 mph) VERSION 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 3 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

15 REVERSE GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

1^ LEN.

-.207

-.209

-.219

-.227

-.239

-.247

-.259

2^ LEN.

-.295

-.298

-.313

-.324

-.342

-.353

-.371

3^ LEN.

-.423

-.427

-.448

-.465

-.490

-.506

-.531

4^ LEN.

-.591

-.597

-.626

-.649

-.684

-.707

-.742

5^ LEN.

-.823

-.831

-.871

-.903

-.952

-.984

-1.032

1^ MED.

-1.306

-1.319

-1.383

-1.434

-1.511

-1.562

-1.639

2^ MED.

-1.865

-1.883

-1.975

-2.048

-2.158

-2.231

-2.341

3^ MED.

-2.672

-2.699

-2.830

-2.934

-3.092

-3.196

-3.354

4^ MED.

-3.735

-3.771

-3.954

-4.101

-4.320

-4.467

-4.687

5^ MED.

-5.195

-5.246

-5.501

-5.704

-6.010

-6.214

-6.519

1^ VEL.

-7.185

-7.255

-7.607

-7.889

-8.312

-8.593

-9.016

2^ VEL.

-10.263 -10.363 -10.867 -11.269 -11.873 -12.275 -12.879

3^ VEL.

-14.705 -14.849 -15.570 -16.147 -17.012 -17.588 -18.453

4^ VEL.

-20.549 -20.751 -21.758 -22.564 -23.773 -24.579 -25.787

5^ VEL.

-28.585 -28.865 -30.266 -31.387 -33.069 -34.190 -35.871

185

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VERSION 30Km/h (18.6 mph) 4-SPEED GEARBOX x 2 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

16 FORWARD GEAR

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h 1.155

1^ MED. min.

.920

.929

.974

1.010

1.065

1.101

1^ MED.

1.117

1.128

1.183

1.226

1.292

1.336

1.402

2^ MED. min.

1.459

1.473

1.545

1.602

1.688

1.745

1.831

2^ MED.

1.771

1.788

1.875

1.945

2.049

2.118

2.222

3^ MED. min.

2.313

2.336

2.449

2.540

2.676

2.767

2.903

3^ MED.

2.808

2.835

2.973

3.083

3.248

3.358

3.523

4^ MED. min.

3.661

3.697

3.876

4.020

4.235

4.379

4.594

4^ MED.

4.444

4.487

4.705

4.879

5.141

5.315

5.576

1^ VEL. min.

5.063

5.113

5.361

5.559

5.857

6.056

6.354

1^ VEL.

6.146

6.206

6.507

6.748

7.110

7.351

7.712

2^ VEL. min.

8.029

8.107

8.501

8.816

9.288

9.603

10.075

2^ VEL.

9.745

9.841

10.318

10.700

11.274

11.656

12.229

3^ VEL. min.

12.728

12.852

13.476

13.975

14.724

15.223

15.972

3^ VEL.

15.449

15.600

16.357

16.963

17.872

18.478

19.387

4^ VEL. min.

20.144

20.342

21.329

22.119

23.304

24.094

25.279

4^ VEL.

24.451

24.690

25.889

26.848

28.286

29.245

30.683

8 REVERSE GEAR 1^ MED.

-.987

-.996

-1.045

-1.083

-1.141

-1.180

-1.238

2^ MED.

-1.564

-1.580

-1.656

-1.718

-1.810

-1.871

-1.963

3^ MED.

-2.480

-2.504

-2.626

-2.723

-2.869

-2.966

-3.112

4^ MED.

-3.925

-3.964

-4.156

-4.310

-4.541

-4.695

-4.926

1^ VEL.

-5.428

-5.482

-5.748

-5.961

-6.280

-6.493

-6.812

2^ VEL.

-8.608

-8.692

-9.114

-9.452

-9.958

-10.296 -10.802

3^ VEL.

-13.646 -13.780 -14.449 -14.984 -15.786 -16.322 -17.124

4^ VEL.

-21.597 -21.809 -22.868 -23.715 -24.985 -25.832 -27.103

186

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VERSION 30Km/h (18.6 mph) 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 2 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

20 FORWARD GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h 1.155

1^ MED. min.

.920

.929

.974

1.010

1.065

1.101

1^ MED.

1.117

1.128

1.183

1.226

1.292

1.336

1.402

2^ MED. min.

1.314

1.327

1.392

1.443

1.521

1.572

1.649

2^ MED.

1.595

1.611

1.689

1.752

1.846

1.908

2.002

3^ MED. min.

1.883

1.902

1.994

2.068

2.179

2.253

2.363

3^ MED.

2.286

2.308

2.420

2.510

2.645

2.734

2.869

4^ MED. min.

2.632

2.658

2.787

2.890

3.045

3.148

3.303

4^ MED.

3.194

3.226

3.382

3.508

3.696

3.821

4.009

5^ MED. min.

3.661

3.697

3.876

4.020

4.235

4.379

4.594

5^ MED.

4.444

4.487

4.705

4.879

5.141

5.315

5.576

1^ VEL. min.

5.063

5.113

5.361

5.559

5.857

6.056

6.354

1^ VEL.

6.146

6.206

6.507

6.748

7.110

7.351

7.712

2^ VEL. min.

7.232

7.303

7.658

7.941

8.367

8.650

9.076

2^ VEL.

8.779

8.865

9.295

9.639

10.156

10.500

11.016

3^ VEL. min.

10.363

10.464

10.972

11.379

11.988

12.395

13.004

3^ VEL.

12.578

12.702

13.318

13.811

14.551

15.045

15.784

4^ VEL. min.

14.481

14.623

15.333

15.901

16.753

17.321

18.173

4^ VEL.

17.577

17.750

18.611

19.301

20.335

21.024

22.058

5^ VEL. min.

20.144

20.342

21.329

22.119

23.304

24.094

25.279

5^ VEL.

24.451

24.690

25.889

26.848

28.286

29.245

30.683

10 REVERSE GEAR 1^ MED.

-.987

-.996

-1.045

-1.083

-1.141

-1.180

-1.238

2^ MED.

-1.409

-1.423

-1.492

-1.547

-1.630

-1.686

-1.768

3^ MED.

-2.019

-2.039

-2.138

-2.217

-2.336

-2.415

-2.534

4^ MED.

-2.822

-2.849

-2.988

-3.098

-3.264

-3.375

-3.541

5^ MED.

-3.925

-3.964

-4.156

-4.310

-4.541

-4.695

-4.926

1^ VEL.

-5.428

-5.482

-5.748

-5.961

-6.280

-6.493

-6.812

2^ VEL.

-7.754

-7.830

-8.210

-8.514

-8.971

-9.275

-9.731

3^ VEL.

-11.110

-11.219 -11.764 -12.200 -12.853 -13.289 -13.943

4^ VEL.

-15.526 -15.678 -16.439 -17.048 -17.962 -18.571 -19.484

5^ VEL.

-21.597 -21.809 -22.868 -23.715 -24.985 -25.832 -27.103

187

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VERSION 30Km/h (18.6 mph) 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 3 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380/70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

30 FORWARD GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

1^ LEN. min.

.146

.147

.154

.160

.169

.174

.183

1^ LEN.

.177

.179

.187

.194

.205

.212

.222

2^ LEN. min.

.208

.210

.220

.229

.241

.249

.261

2^ LEN.

.253

.255

.267

.277

.292

.302

.317

3^ LEN. min.

.298

.301

.316

.327

.345

.357

.374

3^ LEN.

.362

.365

.383

.397

.419

.433

.454

4^ LEN. min.

.417

.421

.441

.458

.482

.498

.523

4^ LEN.

.506

.511

.536

.555

.585

.605

.635

5^ LEN. min.

.580

.585

.614

.636

.671

.693

.727

5^ LEN.

.704

.710

.745

.773

.814

.842

.883

1^ MED. min.

.920

.929

.974

1.010

1.065

1.101

1.155

1^ MED.

1.117

1.128

1.183

1.226

1.292

1.336

1.402

2^ MED. min.

1.314

1.327

1.392

1.443

1.521

1.572

1.649

2^ MED.

1.595

1.611

1.689

1.752

1.846

1.908

2.002

3^ MED. min.

1.883

1.902

1.994

2.068

2.179

2.253

2.363

3^ MED.

2.286

2.308

2.420

2.510

2.645

2.734

2.869

4^ MED. min.

2.632

2.658

2.787

2.890

3.045

3.148

3.303

4^ MED.

3.194

3.226

3.382

3.508

3.696

3.821

4.009

5^ MED. min.

3.661

3.697

3.876

4.020

4.235

4.379

4.594

5^ MED.

4.444

4.487

4.705

4.879

5.141

5.315

5.576

1^ VEL. min.

5.063

5.113

5.361

5.559

5.857

6.056

6.354

1^ VEL.

6.146

6.206

6.507

6.748

7.110

7.351

7.712

2^ VEL. min.

7.232

7.303

7.658

7.941

8.367

8.650

9.076

2^ VEL.

8.779

8.865

9.295

9.639

10.156

10.500

11.016

3^ VEL. min.

10.363

10.464

10.972

11.379

11.988

12.395

13.004

3^ VEL.

12.578

12.702

13.318

13.811

14.551

15.045

15.784

4^ VEL. min.

14.481

14.623

15.333

15.901

16.753

17.321

18.173

4^ VEL.

17.577

17.750

18.611

19.301

20.335

21.024

22.058

5^ VEL. min.

20.144

20.342

21.329

22.119

23.304

24.094

25.279

5^ VEL.

24.451

24.690

25.889

26.848

28.286

29.245

30.683

188

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

VERSION 30Km/h (18.6 mph) 5-SPEED GEARBOX x 3 RANGES - SHUTTLE/MINI-REDUCTION REAR TYRES

380 /70R20 320/70R24 360/70R24 380/70R24 420/70R24 13.6R28 420/70R28

15 REVERSE GEAR Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

Km/h

1^ LEN.

-.156

-.158

-.165

-.172

-.181

-.187

-.196

2^ LEN.

-.223

-.225

-.236

-.245

-.258

-.267

-.280

3^ LEN.

-.320

-.323

-.339

-.351

-.370

-.382

-.401

4^ LEN.

-.447

-.451

-.473

-.491

-.517

-.534

-.561

5^ LEN.

-.621

-.628

-.658

-.682

-.719

-.743

-.780

1^ MED.

-.987

-.996

-1.045

-1.083

-1.141

-1.180

-1.238

2^ MED.

-1.409

-1.423

-1.492

-1.547

-1.630

-1.686

-1.768

3^ MED.

-2.019

-2.039

-2.138

-2.217

-2.336

-2.415

-2.534

4^ MED.

-2.822

-2.849

-2.988

-3.098

-3.264

-3.375

-3.541

5^ MED.

-3.925

-3.964

-4.156

-4.310

-4.541

-4.695

-4.926

1^ VEL.

-5.428

-5.482

-5.748

-5.961

-6.280

-6.493

-6.812

2^ VEL.

-7.754

-7.830

-8.210

-8.514

-8.971

-9.275

-9.731

3^ VEL.

-11.110

-11.219 -11.764 -12.200 -12.853 -13.289 -13.943

4^ VEL.

-15.526 -15.678 -16.439 -17.048 -17.962 -18.571 -19.484

5^ VEL.

-21.597 -21.809 -22.868 -23.715 -24.985 -25.832 -27.103

189

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Conversion factor

Important Speeds vary according to the size of the rear tyres.

To calculate the speed for different tyres, simply multiply the speed values given on pages 182 - 189 by the following factors:

rear tyres

190

With reference to the speeds for rear tyres 320/70R24 (radius Index 515) Multiply by:

440/65R20

0,92

440/65R24

1.09

480/65R24

1.08

14.9R24

1.08

16.9R24

1.13

380/70R28

1.14

14.9R28

1.12

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Attachment of implements to the tractor

To allow full use in the widest possible range of applications, the structural frame of the tractor has been designed to afford a solid, safe mounting for agricultural or semi-industrial implements.

Before attaching particularly heavy implements to the tractor, please consult your DEUTZ-FAHR service centre.

There may be special applications in which the tyres the tractor was equipped with may not be suitable. In those special applications, it is recommend that your DEUTZ-FAHR dealer be consulted before a different tyre combination is installed other than what has been approved in the tyre section of this manual.

Before attaching the implement, check that the tyres are capable of supporting the load.

Check the markings on the walls of the tyres and consult the tyre manufacturer’s load tables.

191

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Implement attachment points (with 3-cylinder engine) 1142

ENGINE

215.5

160

20

145 C0

AXLE

105

22

55

17

128

60

WHEEL

D0

B0

AXLE

120

E0

317

1242

50 2090 2387

A0

372

100

Nß 12 M14x2x25 B0 Nß 2+2 M14x2x25 C0

F0

Nß 2+2 M14x2x28

==

==

480

D0

D0

Nß 2+2 M16x2x28

372

302

95

==

==

425

95

468

520

==

302

2495

E0

E0 H0

== == ==

==

Nß 3+3 M16x2x28

100

F0 Nß 4+4 M16x2x32 G0

360 240

Nß 12 M16x2x28

120

F0

228

F0

==

80

42

168

112

AXLE

G0

192

28

WHEEL

98

80

A0

156

17

55

H0 Nß 4 M16x2x25

SECTION VIII

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Implement attachment points (with 4-cylinder engine) 1142

ENGINE AXLE

215.5

160

145 128 20 C0

105

22

55 17

60

D0

B0

WHEEL AXLE

120

E0 1242

50

317

2220 2517 2625

A0

520

372

302

100

==

Nß 12 M14x2x25 B0 Nß 2+2 M14x2x25 C0 Nß 2+2 M14x2x28 D0

D0

Nß 2+2 M16x2x28 E0 Nß 3+3 M16x2x28 F0

372

302

95

==

==

480 ==

E0 == ==

H0

100

==

Nß 4+4 M16x2x32

120

G0 Nß 12 M16x2x28 H0 Nß 4 M16x2x25

55 17

==

360 240

F0

228

F0

80

==

168 112 42

WHEEL AXLE

80

A0

28 98 156

==

425

95

F0

G0

193

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

SECTION 9 - Fault diagnosis Engine Engine fails to turn over when starter operated – Check battery charge level: – If discharged, re-charge, otherwise clean the terminals and check that the battery is properly installed.

–

Faulty starter motor; have the defective parts replaced by an auto electrician.

Engine difficult to start, or fails to re-start once stopped – Check fuel level; inspect fuel filter and renew if necessary.

–

Injection system faulty: – Check for air in the fuel system and bleed if necessary. If the problem persists, check the calibration of the injection pump and the injectors.

–

Check the thermostarter; clean or replace as necessary.

–

Poor compression: (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre only) check the valve clearances (0.3 mm/0,012 in).

Inspect the valves and grind or replace as necessary. Check head gasket and piston rings. If necessary, replace pistons and cylinder liners.

White smoke from exhaust – Check injection pump timing (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre). Check valve stem to valve guide clearance (0.3 mm/0,012 in). If the problem persists, check piston rings and cylinder liners for wear and replace if necessary.

–

Inspect injectors (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

194

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Dark smoke from exhaust – Check that the air filter element is clean: – Clean or replace as necessary. Check the efficiency of the injectors and calibrate if necessary. Check the calibration of the electronic rpm control (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Engine does not respond well to sudden acceleration – Inspect the air filter element: – Clean or replace as necessary.

– –

–

Inspect the fuel filter: Replace if necessary and bleed air from the system if necessary.

Poor compression: – Check valve clearances are 0.3 mm/0,012 in (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre); grind or replace valves as necessary. If the problem persists, check piston rings and cylinder liners for wear and replace if necesssary.

The engine does not run at a constant speed – Check for water in the fuel system: – Drain the fuel tanks and refill with clean fuel.

– Check the calibration of the injectors (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Engine overheats – Check drivebelt tensions: – Adjust drivebelt tensions. Clean air intake grilles.

–

Check the injection pump timing (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre): – Calibrate the pumps and, if necessary, the injectors.

– Check the pressure in the turbocharger outlet; clean the the turbocharger.

195

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Gearbox Difficulty in selecting and deselecting gears – Check selection mechanism for wear – Adjust or replace worn parts (operation to be carried out at a specialised service centre) Gears disengage during work – Check that the gear lever travel is sufficient to engage the gear – Adjust gear lever travel (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

–

Check gears for wear – Replace worn parts (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

Noisy gearbox – Check level and type of oil – Top up or change oil for recommended type

–

Check gear teeth and bearings for excessive wear – Replace worn parts (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

–

Check backlash between crown wheel and pinion – Adjust backlash (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

Oil leaks – Check that oil level is not too high – Restore correct level

–

Check that the breather valve is not blocked – Clean or replace as necessary

–

Check the oil seals for wear – Replace (operation to be carried out at a specialised service centre)

–

Check gaskets – Replace (operation to be carried out at a specialised service centre)

196

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Front and rear P.T.O. (All checks of the front and rear P.T.O.s must be carried by a specialised service centre) The clutch slips – Check the clutch hydraulic system: – Renew worn clutch springs. Inspect and, if necessary, renew the seal rings on the piston and the manifold. At the same time, check that the piston slides freely.

–

Inspect clutch disks for wear: – Renew disks.

The clutch fails to disengage – Check that the piston completes a full stroke: – Check the control device, adjust or replace defective parts, including also the clutch disks if necessary.

–

Piston stuck in housing: – Remove any rough spots on the outer surface of the piston.

–

P.T.O. fails to stop on disengaging the clutch: – Poor sealing of piston; overhaul complete assembly.

197

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Front wheel drive Excessive wear of universal joint cross journals – Front axle overloaded: – Use only front loaders recommended by the manufacturer.

–

Oil leaks: – Oil breather clogged: clean. Check oil seals for wear and replace if necessary (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Worn tyres

–

Check wheel toe-in (operation to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

–

Wheel oscillation: – Check steering joints for wear and replace if necessary (operation to be be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Brakes Poor braking action – Check for air in braking system: – Bleed air and check adjustment of brake controls and disk wear (adjustments to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Braking action unbalanced – Check for air in the circuit: – Bleed and check control adjustments (adjustments to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

Brakes noisy – Check adjustment: – Adjust brakes and check that the brake fluid is of the specified type (adjustments to be carried out by a specialised service centre).

198

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Hydraulic lift (All inspection and repairs of the front/rear hydraulic lifts are to be carried out by a specialised service centre) The lift raises too slowly or fails to raise altogether – Check that the lift is not overloaded.

–

Check that the pump is functioning correctly: – Check that the oil is of the specified type and that the oil level is correct. Inspect pump and renew any worn parts. Check safety valve settings.

The lift is only partially raised – Check lift adjustments

The lift descends too slowly – Check that the “down” valve is not sticking.

The lift oscillates rhythmically – Check adjustment and pressure relief valve settings.

When the lift arms are raised to maximum height, the pressure relief valve discharges continuously – Check adjustment.

–

Control valve spool worn (with internal leaking)

199

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Auxiliary hydraulic systems Implements connected to the hydraulic system do not operate correctly

–

Implements not suited to characteristics of the hydraulic system

–

Fault in the hydraulic lift system. See lift unit

–

Incorrect type/quantity of of oil in the circuit: change and/or top up transmission oil

–

Oil filters clogged: renew filters

–

Oil pump worn or defective: overhaul or replace as necessary (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

–

Safety valve setting incorrect: – Check valve pressure setting and adjust if necessary (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

–

Incorrect adjustment of control levers: – Adjust (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre)

Excessive noise from system (with vibration of system pipes ) – Air in system: – Check tightness of fittings and seals

–

200

Interference between pipes (visual inspection): – Move the pipes so that they are not in contact with other pipes or components

SECTION IX

FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Perdite di olio dal circuito – Raccordi delle tubazioni allentati: Serrare correttamente

–

Guarnizioni difettose: Sostituire

–

Tubazioni danneggiate: Sostituire

Funzionamento non corretto del dispositivo di ritorno automatico al centro – Danneggiamento o impuntamento dei componenti interni del dispositivo: – Revisionare il dispositivo di ritorno automatico al centro; sostituire eventuali componenti difettosi (operazioni da compiere presso una officina dotata di personale specializzato)

Le leve di comando distributori non restano inserite – Registrazione non corretta delle leve di comando: – Registrare correttamente (operazioni da compiere presso una officina dotata di personale specializzato)

–

Dispositivo di ritorno automatico al centro difettoso o tarato in modo inadeguato: – Revisionare il dispositivo (operazioni da compiere presso una officina dotata di personale specializzato)

201

Note

202

APPENDIX

Combination of tractor and mounted implement

Appendix Important! Additional information Combination of tractor and mounted implement

CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S DECALS.

A

APPENDIX

Combination of tractor and mounted implement

Combination of tractor and mounted implement The mounting of implements on the front or rear three point linkage shall not result in exceeding the maximum permissible weight, the permissible axle loads and the tyre load carrying capacities of the tractor. The front axle of the tractor must always to be loaded with at least 20% of the unladen weight of the tractor.

Make sure before buying an implement that these conditions are fulfilled by carrying out the following calculations or by weighing the tractor/implement combination.

Determination of the total weight, the axle loads, the tyre load carrying capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting

For the calculation you need the following data and see the table of page E: T L [kg (lb)] Unladen weight of tractor T V [kg (lb)] Front axle load of unladen tractor T H [kg (lb)] Rear axle load of unladen tractor GH [kg (lb)] Combined weight of rear mounted implement/rear ballast GV [kg (lb)] Combined weight of front mounted implement/front ballast a [mm (in)] Distance from centre of gravity for combined front mounte dimplement/front ballast to front axle centre b [mm (in)] Tractor wheelbase c [mm (in)] Distance from rear axle centre to centre of lower link balls d [mm (in)] Distance from centre of lower link balls to centre of gravity for combined rear mounted implement/rear ballast B

APPENDIX

Combination of tractor and mounted implement

Consideration of rear mounted implement and front/rear combinations 1 ) Calculation of minimum ballasting at the front GV min

GVmin=

GH x (c + d) - TV x b + 0.2 x TL x b a+b

Record the calculated minimum ballasting which is needed at the front of the tractor into the table.

Front mounted implement 2) Calculation of the minimum ballasting at the rear GH min

GHmin=

GV x a - TH x b + 0.45 x TL x b b+c+d

Record the calculated minimum ballasting which is needed at the rear of the tractor into the table.

3) Calculation of the real front axle load T V tot (If with the front mounted implement (G V) the required minimum front ballasting (G V min), cannot be reached, the weight of the front mounted implement has to be increased to the weight of the minimum ballasting at the front!)

TVtot=

GV x (a + b) + TV x b - GH x (c + d) b

Record the calculated real front axle load and the permissible front axle load of the tractor into the table.

4) Calculation of the real total weight Gtot (If with the rear mounted implement (G H) the required minimum rear ballasting (G H min) cannot be reached, the weight of the rear mounted implements has to be increased to at least the weight of the minimum ballasting at the rear!)

Gtot = GV + TL + GH

Record the calculated real and the permissible total weight given in the instruction handbook for the tractor into the table.

5) Calculation of the real rear axle load T H tot

THtot = Gtot - TVtot Record the calculated real and the permissible rear axle load given in the instruction handbook for the tractor into the table.

C

APPENDIX

Combination of tractor and mounted implement

6) Tyre load carrying capacity Record double the value (two tyres) of the permissible load carrying capacity into the table (see for instance documentation provided by the tyre manufacturer).

TABLE

Real value according to calculation

Permis.e value Double permissible according to tyre load carrying instruction book capacity (two tyres)

Minimum Ballasting Front/rear

Kg

---

---

Total weight

Kg

Kg

---

Front axle load

Kg

Kg

Kg

Rear axle load

Kg

Kg

Kg

The minimum ballasting has to be attached to the tractor either in form of a mounted implement or ballasting weight!

The calculated values must be less or equal ( ) the permissible values!

AGROLUX F50

AGROLUX F60

AGROLUX F70

AGROLUX F80

TL TV

Kg (lb) Kg (lb)

2380 (5246.95) 2380 (5246.95) 1000 (2204.60) 1000 (2204.60)

2440 (5379.22) 1000 (2204.60)

2440 (5379.22) 1000 (2204.60)

TH GH

Kg (lb) Kg (lb)

1380 (3042.35) 1380 (3042.35) Variabile Variabile

1380 (3042.35) Variabile

1380 (3042.35) Variabile

GV

Kg (lb)

Variabile

Variabile

Variabile

Variabile

a b

mm (in) mm (in)

Variabile 1980 (78.01)

Variabile 1980 (78.01)

Variabile 2150 (84.71)

Variabile 2150 (84.71)

c d

mm (in) mm (in)

957 (37.71) Variabile

957 (37.71) Variabile

957 (37.71) Variabile

957 (37.71) Variabile

D

Index A A Word to the Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI Accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Access to the driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Adjustable track wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Adjusting belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Adjusting steering stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Adjusting the driver’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adjusting the handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Adjusting the rearview mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Adjustment of the telescopic stabilisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A Attachment of implements to the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Auxiliary hydraulic distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 174 Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Auxiliary hydraulic systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

B Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Ballast weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Ballasting by filling the tyres with water + antifreeze solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Bleeding air from the hydraulic clutch circuit. . . . . . . . . 134 Bleeding air from the hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Bleeding the air from the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 BOSTROM KAB XH type seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Brake control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 198 Braking actions in the different valve positions . . . . . . . . 42 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

C Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXV Category 2 rear drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XIII Changing the engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Changing the engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Changing the fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Check the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXVIII Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Checking operation of the differential lock controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Checking pump operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Checking the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 121 Checking the transmission oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Class “A” drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Class “C” towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Class “C” towing hitch with automatic height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Class “D2" and ”D3" towing hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Clean the Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXX Cleaning the air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Cleaning the front grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Cleaning the headlights and sidelights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Cleaning the oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Closing the engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Clutch control pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Clutch maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Cold starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Combination of tractor and mounted implement. . . . . . . . A Commands on the left of the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Commands on the right of the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Connection of an implement to the auxiliary hydraulic service couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Controls to the left of the driver's seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Controls to the right of the driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Conversion factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Conversion tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIX Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Cramer towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

D Damage to the ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXV Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI Dial-type engine temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Dial-type fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Diff-lock command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 177 Drain plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Draining water from the fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Draining water from the fuel pre-filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Draining water from the tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Driver’s post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Driver’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

E Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 157, 175 Electro-magnetic fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Electronic dial-type rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Electronic system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Electronic system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Emergency starting through auxiliary battery . . . . . . . . . 32 Engagement/disengagement control for rear groundpseed P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 169, 170, 194 Engine hour counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Engine shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

F Fault diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Filling the tyre with water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 FLOW DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Follow a Safety Programme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVIII Front and rear P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Front ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 179 Front sidelights and direction indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Front towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Front-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Front-wheel drive engage command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Front-wheel drive engagement control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Fuel cut-off control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Fuse box symbology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

G Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 196 Gearbox oil change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Gearshifting positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 General cleaning of the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 General Operating Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXIX General safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVIII

H Hand throttle control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Handbrake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Hazard lights’ control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Hazard warning sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Headlight alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Hub reduction units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Hydraulic lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Hydraulic trailer braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

I Implement attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 193 Important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter . . . . . . . . 19

International symbols (part. 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LV International symbols (part. 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVI International symbols (part. 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVII Introduction to Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI

K KAB XH2 type seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Know Your Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXVII

L Lifting rod adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Lights' switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Lubricants and fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

M Maintenance and inspection schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Maintenance intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Maintenance of the 3-point linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Maintenance of the front and rear brakes . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Maintenance of the front driving axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear reduction units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Maintenance of the hydraulic trailer braking . . . . . . . . . 150 Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering . . . . . . 139 Maintenance of the rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Maintenance operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Manual preheating control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Maximum permissible loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Maximum trailerable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Mechanical lift “LOAD SENSING” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Mechanical ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Metric conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVIII

N Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XII, 202

O Opening the engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 119 Operating controls and instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a long period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Original replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Original spare parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

P Permissible tyre combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Pivotable headlight control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Positions of the power-lift levers under the different working conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Power take-off “ECONOMICAL 750 r.p.m.” . . . . . . . . . . 46 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II Prepare for Safe Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXVI Preparing the tractor for use after a long period of storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Protect the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXX Protective Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIV

R Rear 3-point linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Rear and front differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Rear ballast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 180 Rear hydraulic lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Rear P.T.O. clutch control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Rear power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Rear power take-off (540/1000 r.p.m.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Rear work lights for tractors with platform. . . . . . . . . . . 164 rearview mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Refueling at the end of the day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Removing the side panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Risk of Overturning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXVII Roll bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Roll Over Protective Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIV Row crop tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Running direction of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

S Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV, XVI Safety Alert Symbol and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV Safety and operational decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLVI Safety frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Safety instructions for the installation of supplementary equipment and/or electronic components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLV Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 SECTION 1 - Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV SECTION 2 - Original spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SECTION 3 - Operating controls and instruction . . . . . . . 5 SECTION 4 - Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 SECTION 5 - Maintenance operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 SECTION 6 - Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 SECTION 7 - Storage of the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SECTION 8 - Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 SECTION 9 - Fault diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 SEPARATE BRAKES” valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Servicing the Tractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXI Speed plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Speed tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 181 Start Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXII Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXI, 29 Starting Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXIII Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Storage of the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Synchro power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Synchronized power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

T Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Three point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers with hydraulic adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Three-Point hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 To the owner of the new DEUTZ-FAHR tractor . . . . . . . XII Tool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 151 Top link adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Towing hitch with automatic height adjustment “GRASSI” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Track adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Track width adjustment for wheels with adjustable rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Tractor identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tractor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Types of auxiliary hydraulic service control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Tyre inflation pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

U Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast) . . . . . . . . . . 178

W Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Width of rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Width of the front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Any reproduction, including partial, of the text and illustrations in this publication is prohibited.

We reserve the right to modify the tractor at any time, while maintaining the essential characteristics of the product. The data reported in this publication are thus also subject to variation and consequently are not binding.

04/2004

By Personal Computing

cod. 307.7215.3.6 Technical Publications Dept.

307. 7215. 3. 6 04/2004